10-K 1 d584993d10k.htm FORM 10-K Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended June 28, 2013

Or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number 001-34716

 

 

DynaVox Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   27-1507281
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

2100 Wharton Street, Suite 400

Pittsburgh, PA 15203

(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

(412) 381-4883

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x Explanatory note: On July 1, 2013, DynaVox Inc. filed a Form 15 with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, its obligation to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act has ceased. DynaVox Inc. expects that this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year 2013 will be its final filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).    Yes  ¨    No  x

As of December 28, 2012, the aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates was approximately $3,545,141 based upon a total of 11,078,566 shares of Class A common stock held by nonaffiliates and a closing price of $0.32 per share on December 28, 2012 for the Class A common stock as reported on The NASDAQ Global Select Market.

As of September 18, 2013, 11,414,269 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 42 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, (excluding 41 shares of Class B common stock held by a subsidiary of the registrant) were outstanding.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains forward-looking statements, which reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, our operations and financial performance, our performance under the forbearance agreement and the outcome of any strategic alternative. You can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “outlook,” “believes,” “expects,” “potential,” “continues,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “predicts,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates” or the negative version of these words or other comparable words. Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause actual outcomes or results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements. We believe these factors include but are not limited to those described under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” such as:

 

   

We are in default under our 2008 Credit Facility with our senior secured lenders, which defaults are addressed in a certain Forbearance Agreement and Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2013, as amended (the “Forbearance Agreement”). The Forbearance Agreement currently expires on December 6, 2013, at which time our senior secured lenders can accelerate the obligations owed under our credit agreement and exercise their rights and remedies in connection therewith. In addition, our senior secured lenders have the right, under the Forbearance Agreement, to accelerate our obligations under the credit agreement prior to December 6, 2013 if we default under or otherwise violate the provisions of the Forbearance Agreement. There is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern and holders of our Class A common stock could lose their entire investment.

 

   

As our Class A common stock is no longer listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, our shares are thinly traded, our ability to raise future capital is impaired and we are no longer required to comply with the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements. In addition, we deregistered our Class A common stock, which has suspended our SEC reporting requirements.

 

   

We have limited liquidity and may need to arrange for additional liquidity on terms that are unfavorable to our stockholders, if we are able to obtain additional liquidity at all.

 

   

The current adverse economic environment, including the associated impact on government budgets, could continue to adversely affect our business.

 

   

Changes in funding for public schools could cause the demand for our speech generating devices, special education software and content to continue to decrease.

 

   

Reforms to the United States healthcare system may adversely affect our business.

 

   

Changes in third-party payor funding practices or preferences for alternatives may decrease the demand for, or put downward pressure on the price of, our speech generating devices.

 

   

Legislative or administrative changes could reduce the availability and or timing of third-party funding for our speech generating devices.

 

   

The loss of members of our senior management or other key personnel or the failure to attract and retain highly qualified personnel could compromise our ability to effectively manage our business.

 

   

We may not be able to develop and market successful new products.

 

   

New disruptive technologies may adversely affect our market position and financial results.

 

   

We are dependent on the continued support of speech language pathologists and special education teachers.

 

   

Our products are dependent on the continued success of our proprietary symbol sets.

 

   

We depend upon certain third-party suppliers and licensing arrangements, making us vulnerable to supply problems and price fluctuations, which could harm our business.

 

   

If our patents and other intellectual property rights do not adequately protect our products, we may lose market share to our competitors and be unable to operate our business profitably.

 

   

Our products could infringe on the intellectual property of others, which may cause us to engage in costly litigation and could cause us to pay substantial damages and prohibit us from selling our products.

 

   

The market opportunities for our products and content may not be as large as we believe.

 

   

We may fail to successfully execute our strategy to grow our business.


Table of Contents
   

We are subject to a variety of risks due to our international operations that could adversely affect those operations or our profitability and operating results.

 

   

We depend on third-party distributors to market and sell our products internationally in a number of markets. Our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by both our distributors’ performance and our ability to maintain these relationships on terms that are favorable to us.

 

   

Failure to obtain regulatory approval in foreign jurisdictions could prevent us from marketing our products abroad.

 

   

Our business could be adversely affected by competition including potential new entrants.

 

   

If we fail to comply with the U.S. Federal Anti-Kickback Statute and similar state and foreign laws, we could be subject to criminal and civil penalties and exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other governmental programs.

 

   

If we fail to comply with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, (HIPAA), we could be subject to enforcement actions.

 

   

Cyber attacks as well as improper disclosure or control of personal information could result in liability and harm our reputation, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

   

Risks related to our organizational structure.

 

   

Risks related to our Class A Common Stock.

These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this report. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

DynaVox Inc. is a holding company and its sole asset is a controlling equity interest in DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC. Unless the context suggests otherwise, references in this report to “DynaVox,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer (1) prior to the April 2010 initial public offering (“IPO”) of the Class A common stock of DynaVox Inc. and related transactions, to DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries and (2) after our IPO and related transactions, to DynaVox Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. We refer to Vestar Capital Partners, a New York-based registered investment adviser, together with its affiliates, as “Vestar,” and to Park Avenue Equity Partners, L.P., together with its affiliates, as “Park Avenue.”


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

     1   

Item 1. Business

     1   

Item 1A. Risk Factors

     9   

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

     21   

Item 2. Properties

     22   

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

     22   

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

     22   

PART II

     23   

Item  5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     23   

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

     25   

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     26   

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

     51   

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     51   

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     51   

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

     51   

Item 9B. Other Information

     52   

Part III

     53   

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     53   

Item 11. Executive Compensation

     57   

Item  12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     65   

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     66   

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

     71   

PART IV

     72   

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     72   

Signatures

     73   


Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1. Business

Overview

We develop and market software, devices and content to assist people in overcoming their speech, language or learning disabilities. Our proprietary software is the result of decades of research and development. These assets have positioned us as a leader in two areas within the broader market for assistive technologies—speech generating technologies and special education software.

Our speech generating devices are used by those who are unable to speak, such as adults with amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, or ALS, often referred to as Lou Gehrig’s disease, strokes or traumatic brain injuries and children with cerebral palsy, autism or other disorders. Our devices allow these individuals to connect with society and control their environment in a variety of ways, including the ability to access the Internet, send text messages and control light switches, televisions and other features of their homes. Our speech generating devices are powered by our software platform that utilizes sophisticated adaptive and predictive language models and our proprietary symbol sets. These devices allow our users to rapidly and efficiently generate speech. Our portfolio of speech generating devices provides users with a broad range of features and designs and makes use of an array of adaptive technology that permits users with physical or cognitive limitations to access and control our devices. Speech generating technologies are prescribed based on evaluations by speech language pathologists and either provided directly by institutions, such as schools, or funded for eligible clients by third-party payors including the U.S. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, and private insurance programs. In our fiscal year ended June 28, 2013, sales of our speech generating technology products represented approximately 84% of our net sales.

We provide software for special education teachers and students with complex communication and learning needs. Our software is used by children with cognitive challenges, such as those caused by autism, Down syndrome or brain injury; physical challenges, such as those caused by cerebral palsy or other neuromuscular disorders; as well as by children with learning disabilities, such as severe dyslexia. Symbol-based adapted activities and material are the preferred method of educating children with these special needs. Educators use our proprietary software as a publishing and editing tool to create interactive, symbol-based educational activities and materials for these students and to adapt text-based materials to symbol-based materials for students with limited reading skills. Our Boardmaker® family of products, which utilize our proprietary symbol sets, are the most widely used and recognized tools for creating symbol-based activities and materials in the industry. Funding has come primarily from federal sources and also includes funding from state and local governments as well as private schools and parents of children with special needs. In our fiscal year ended June 28, 2013, sales of our special education software products represented approximately 16% of our net sales.

In the United States and Canada, we sell our speech generating devices through a direct sales infrastructure focused on speech language pathologists. We use strategic partnerships with third-party distributors to sell our products in other international markets that we have targeted. We sell our special education software through direct mail and direct sales as well as through the Internet.

We place great importance on research and development and have a long history and demonstrated track record of innovation. We have innovated in the areas of touch screens with dynamic display, environmental control and word prediction in speech generating devices.

The Company and its predecessor have produced speech generating devices since our founding in 1983. In 2004, we acquired Mayer-Johnson LLC, through which we expanded our product offerings to include special education software.

 

1


Table of Contents

DynaVox Inc. completed an initial public offering on April 27, 2010. As a result of the IPO and certain other recapitalization transactions, DynaVox Inc. became the sole managing member of and has a controlling interest in DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries (“DynaVox Holdings”). References to “DynaVox” or “Company” refer, subsequent to the IPO and related transactions, to DynaVox Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries and these references refer, prior to the IPO and related transactions, to DynaVox Holdings.

Our Products

Our products serve two areas within the broader assistive technology industry: speech generating technology and special education software for students with special learning needs. All of our products are based on our core linguistic software and technology and incorporate our proprietary symbol sets.

Speech Generating Technology

Speech generating technologies are generally used as a proxy for verbal communication by non-verbal or substantially speech impaired adults and children. Degenerative and congenital conditions commonly found in adult and child users of speech generating technology include cerebral palsy, intellectual disabilities, ALS and autism. Other users of speech generating technology include adults who have experienced a stroke or traumatic brain injury as well as adults and children with temporary speech impairments.

Our speech generating devices provide a graphical user interface to convert user input in the form of pictorial symbols or text into synthesized and digitized speech. We offer a broad range of products for users with varying levels of cognitive and physical abilities. For instance, users with higher levels of cognitive abilities are able to make greater use of text-based communication, whereas users with lower levels of cognitive abilities rely more heavily on our symbol sets. Users with lower physical abilities use input devices like our EyeMax eye-tracking system and tongue switches, whereas users with higher physical abilities can use more portable handheld systems such as the DynaVox T10. Our devices include a broad range of communication functions in addition to speech generation, including Internet access, text messaging and the ability to control light switches, televisions and other features in a user’s home.

In September 2013, we launched a new device on an entirely new technology platform, fully leveraging cloud and tablet technologies. The first solution created on this new platform is the DynaVox T10.

 

2


Table of Contents

Product

  

Product Description

DynaVox® Maestro™    We released the DynaVox Maestro in October of 2010. Maestro is a lightweight product which utilizes the InterAACt™ language framework. The Maestro supports features like built-in Bluetooth, WiFi, and high quality speakers. A bright LCD screen provides crisp and clear images whether indoors or outdoors. Designed with features like a magnesium case, port protectors and a spill resistant screen, the Maestro is a durable tablet device.
DynaVox Vmax+®    The DynaVox Vmax+ is based on our Series 5 software. The Vmax+ product is an enhanced version of our former Vmax product. The Series V product line is designed to meet the broadest range of individual needs based on cognition and physical ability to operate the device. An integrated system of hardware and software works seamlessly to ensure maximum flexibility, while providing concrete structure and consistency in page layout, navigation and key functionality. Our software uses page sets to encourage language and literacy development and can be customized to grow with the communicator.
EyeMax    The EyeMax system is comprised of two parts: a Vmax+ or a Maestro and an EyeMax accessory. The EyeMax accessory allows users to control the Vmax+ or Maestro with a simple blink or by causing the eye to dwell on a desired area of the screen. The EyeMax allows individuals to communicate who lack the physical ability to use previous generations of speech generating technology.
DynaVox T10    The DynaVox T10 was released in September of 2013 as a tablet device that leverages cloud technology and uses our brand new Series 6 DynaVox Compass software. The DynaVox T10 offers a thin, modern design that is purpose-built with the unique technical and durability features that address a broad spectrum of physical and cognitive needs. The DynaVox Compass software is also available as an App for those individuals seeking a comprehensive solution for their own personal tablet device.

 

3


Table of Contents

Special Education Software

Schools use a variety of instructional materials to meet the needs of students with speech and learning disabilities, including print-based materials and interactive software. These instructional materials are used by special education teachers and speech language pathologists to create symbol-based activities and content in order to facilitate learning and communication by students with physical, developmental, or congenital learning disabilities.

Our special education software provides robust authoring tools for creating both communication and educational activities translating text-based curriculum into a symbol-based visual presentation for students with a variety of cognitive and physical disabilities. We sell our special education software through our Mayer-Johnson subsidiary.

 

Product

  

Product Description

Boardmaker® Studio    In August 2010, we launched Boardmaker Studio, the latest generation of our special education software. In addition to offering the key elements of functionality provided by Boardmaker Plus!, our newest software platform significantly enhances the value to our users by providing online and desktop assets that provide integrated online support and community functions as well as direct-to-user e-commerce communication.
Boardmaker® Plus!    Boardmaker Plus! has all of the features of Boardmaker, plus a host of interactive features for educational activities on a computer. With the ability to talk and play sound recordings and movies, the additional interactive component of Boardmaker Plus! makes it easy to create talking activity boards, worksheets, schedules, books, writing activities, games and more, and adapt all materials to each student.
Boardmaker    Boardmaker is the original version of our special education software platform used by special educators and speech language pathologists for creating printed symbol-based communication and education materials for students with a vast array of learning challenges. The software comes with more than 4,500 Picture Communication Symbols, or PCS®, that can be placed in templates to create schedules, communication boards, stories, matching activities, worksheets or checklists.

 

4


Table of Contents

Customer Service and Support

Our customer service representatives help our speech generating device customers:

 

   

to evaluate our products,

 

   

to navigate the complicated third-party payor funding procedures,

 

   

to learn how to use our products and integrate them into their daily lives and

 

   

with ongoing technical support issues.

Our sales representatives work with our customers and speech language pathologists to evaluate their needs and identify the appropriate products to help them communicate. This enables the speech language pathologist to determine a customized solution depending on the user’s physical and cognitive capabilities.

Our sales representatives also work with speech language pathologists to provide ongoing training and support to assist users and caregivers in incorporating our products into their daily routine. This includes educating users and caregivers on all the features and benefits of our products to ensure optimal compliance.

We operate a customer support department that helps to provide technical solutions, as well as simple answers to complex programming questions. Our customer service staff can assist our customers both with initial training in the use of the device and with ongoing technical support. As a result of our product support and active quality assurance, including a three- to five-day turnaround for warranty repairs, we believe speech language pathologist and end-user loyalty to our products is high. Our technical support personnel are frequently able to access, diagnose and often correct malfunctions in our speech generating devices remotely using the devices’ integrated Internet access.

Sales and Marketing

The majority of our speech generating devices sold in the United States and abroad are marketed to speech language pathologists. Funding requirements dictate that a licensed speech language pathologist evaluates, recommends, and authorizes the device. Our special education software is typically sold to special education teachers and speech language pathologists at schools.

Speech language pathologists are trained, accredited professionals who work with non-speaking or speech-impaired individuals to assess their needs, improve their ability to communicate and work to provide sources of payment of expenditures related to their condition. We market our speech generating technologies to speech language pathologists in schools, outpatient rehabilitation centers, select disease clinics, hospitals, freestanding offices and home health agencies.

For our speech generating technologies, we employ a sophisticated, highly-trained direct sales force to market our products. Many of our sales representatives are generalists who sell our full range of products to all potential customers in a particular region. In recent years, we have begun to develop more specialized sales representatives, such as separate sales teams focusing on children- and adult-specific speech language pathologists, specific institutions such as schools and hospitals or key accounts. More specialized sales representatives are better able to tailor our sales efforts to the particular needs and concerns of different types of customers.

We currently market our products in the United States, Canada, Australia, the United Kingdom and certain other countries throughout the globe. In the United States and Canada, we sell our speech generating devices through a direct sales infrastructure focused on speech language pathologists. We use strategic partnerships with third-party distributors to sell our products in the other international markets that we have targeted.

 

5


Table of Contents

In addition to our sales personnel, we also use direct marketing initiatives to build public awareness of our products. We use sophisticated, coordinated marketing and public relations efforts to build awareness of our speech generating technologies among both potential end users and speech language pathologists.

Special education software targets students in kindergarten through 12th grade, or K-12, schools. We sell our special education software through direct mail and direct sales as well as through the web. We are also investing in our web-based and social media-based marketing and education efforts to build awareness and increase the frequency of customer contact for our special education software. For example, we use targeted web marketing and search engine optimization strategies and we regularly contact our users of our special education software with new product and sales information.

Research and Development

We place great importance on research and development and have a long history and demonstrated track record of innovation.

For both our speech generating technologies and special education software, our research and development initiatives continue to improve the aesthetics, portability, speed and ease of access of our speech generating technologies and the ease of use, flexibility and connectivity of our special education software products. We work with a broad range of users of speech generating technology, speech language pathologists, special education teachers and academics who study issues relating to cognitive and speech impairments to better identify opportunities for innovation. Our research and development projects also include linguistic engineering and symbol design. For our speech generating technologies, we have innovated in the areas of touch screens with dynamic display, environmental control and word prediction. For our special education software products, we have been a leader in developing innovative interactive symbol-based special education software.

During fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, we incurred research and development expenses of $6.8 million, $7.1 million, and $9.9 million, respectively.

Intellectual Property

We own both copyrights and trademarks on PCS®, the industry standard symbol set, and we seek to obtain trademark registrations for certain of our products, including Boardmaker®, DynaVox®, DynaWrite®, InterAACT®, DynaVox Compass®, myDynaVox®, and PCS. We license our symbol sets to third parties. In recent years, we have begun to make greater use of patent laws to protect our innovations. We also own intellectual property rights in our software and proprietary technology.

We seek to establish and maintain our proprietary rights in our technology and products through a combination of copyrights, trademarks, patents, trade secret laws and contractual rights. We also seek to maintain our trade secrets and confidential information through nondisclosure policies, the use of appropriate confidentiality agreements and other security measures. We have obtained registration for a number of trademarks in the United States and in other countries and have a number of pending patent applications in the United States. There can be no assurance, however, that our intellectual property rights can be successfully enforced against third parties in any particular jurisdiction.

We license certain software or other intellectual property from third parties to incorporate into our products. Significant licenses include DynaSyms (symbols), Gateway (page set), WordPower (page set), Microsoft (operating systems), AT&T/Wizzard (voices), Acapela (voices), Loquendo (voices), Nuance (voices) and Ivona (voices).

 

6


Table of Contents

Product Assembly

The components of our speech generating devices are manufactured by third parties. In some cases, there are relatively few alternate sources of supply for certain other components that are necessary for the hardware components of our speech generating devices. Our reliance on these outside suppliers also subjects us to risks that could harm our business, including any interruption or delay in the supply of components or materials, or our inability to obtain components or materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair our ability to meet the demand of our customers and cause them to cancel orders or switch to competitive products. The final assembly is performed by our own personnel at our facility in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

Competition

We have many competitors in the broader assistive technology and educational software industries. Within our particular areas of speech generating technology and interactive software for students with special educational needs, we believe we are the largest player and have no dominant competitors. However, additional entrants, including larger technology companies and other assistive technology companies, could also choose to compete with us in these areas. Also, speech generation software applications utilized on hand-held tablet computers not specifically designed for this purpose have become more popular and adversely affected sales of our speech generating devices.

Third-Party Payors

The funding process for a speech generating device in the United States typically involves several steps. First, the speech language pathologist makes an evaluation and submits the relevant information to the appropriate funding sources. Once we receive the third-party payor authorization that the submission is accurate and complete and that the device will be funded according to prescribed funding guidelines, we ship the product directly to the speech language pathologist or end-user. At this point, the funding source becomes responsible for the payment of the product to us. In some cases, the funding source will require the patient to use a loaner device on a trial basis for a period of time before product funding will be granted. We do not ship our products, nor recognize revenue, until funding is approved for the end user.

In the United States, as well as in foreign countries, government-funded or private insurance programs, commonly known as third-party payors, pay the cost of a significant portion of a patient’s medical expenses including, in many cases, speech generating technology. A uniform policy of coverage does not exist among these payors. Therefore, funding can differ from payor to payor. These third-party payors may deny funding if they determine that a device was not used in accordance with cost-effective treatment methods, as determined by the third-party payor. There can be no assurance that our products will be considered cost-effective by third-party payors, that funding will be available or, if available, that the third-party payors’ funding policies will not adversely affect our ability to sell our products profitably.

CMS sets coverage policy for the Medicare program in the United States. CMS policies may alter coverage and payment related to our speech generating devices in the future. These changes may occur as the result of National Coverage Decisions issued by CMS directly or as the result of local or regional coverage decisions by contractors under contract with CMS to review and make coverage and payment decisions. CMS maintains a national coverage policy, which provides for the utilization of our speech generating technologies by Medicare beneficiaries. Medicaid programs are funded by both federal and state governments. Medicaid programs are administered by the states and vary from state to state and from year to year.

Commercial payor coverage for speech generating devices may vary across the United States. All third-party coverage programs, whether government funded or insured commercially, whether inside the United States or outside, are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs through prospective coverage and capitation programs, group purchasing, redesign of benefits, careful review of bills, encouragement of healthier lifestyles and exploration of more cost-effective methods of delivering healthcare. These types of programs and legislative changes to funding policies could potentially limit the amount which healthcare providers may be willing to pay for speech generating technology.

As private insurance tends to follow Medicare guidelines, widespread coverage by independent insurers followed the 2001 Medicare policy adoption. Medicare and private insurance are now two major funding sources for speech-generating technology developers, such as us.

Medicare and most state Medicaid agencies follow a policy allowing the purchase of a device every five years or when a documented change in condition exists.

Our special education software authoring tools, the Boardmaker family of products, are primarily purchased by a speech language pathologist or special education teacher out of a school’s annual budget. Our professionally-generated content for our special education software are also generally purchased out of a school’s annual budget but are often purchased by a speech language pathologist or special education teacher independently.

 

7


Table of Contents

Government Regulation

Our speech generating technology operations are directly, or indirectly through our customers, subject to various state and federal fraud and abuse laws, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and False Claims Act. These laws may impact, among other things, our proposed sales, marketing and education programs.

The U.S. Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. This statute is normally used to insure that bribes or other illegal remuneration are not paid to physicians, or others, to induce their use of drugs or medical devices. Several courts have interpreted the statute’s intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of federal healthcare covered business, the statute has been violated. The Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry. Many states have also adopted laws similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, some of which apply to the referral of patients for healthcare items or services funded by any source, not only the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

The U.S. False Claims Act prohibits persons from knowingly filing or causing to be filed a false claim to, or the knowing use of false statements to obtain payment from, the federal government. Various states have also enacted laws modeled after the federal False Claims Act.

In addition to the laws described above, the U.S. Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 created two new federal crimes: healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.

We believe that we are not subject to regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) because our powered communications systems are not intended to be used for a medical purpose, including for communicating directly with medical personnel or to alert authorities regarding a medical condition or emergency and, as such, are not “medical devices.” However, if it were determined that our powered communications systems are subject to FDA regulation as medical devices, we believe that they would be, in any event, exempt from the FDA’s 510(k) premarket notification requirements. In such a case, we would be subject to the FDA’s establishment registration and current Good Manufacturing Practices requirements which we believe, in light of our current manufacturing practices, would not result in an undue burden on us.

Voluntary industry codes, federal guidance documents and a variety of state laws address the tracking and reporting of marketing practices relative to gifts given and other expenditures made to doctors and other healthcare professionals. In addition to impacting our marketing and educational programs, internal business processes are affected by the numerous legal requirements and regulatory guidance at the state, federal and industry levels.

Medicare requires that all durable medical equipment suppliers, including us, undergo an external audit to certify they are operating within good manufacturing principles. We earned such accreditation, which is effective for a three year period, in March 2012.

Costs and Effects of Compliance with Environmental Laws

We currently have no costs to comply with environmental laws.

Employees

As of June 28, 2013, we had 274 full-time employees. None of our employees are represented by a union, and we consider relations with our employees to be satisfactory. We have employment agreements with all of our executive officers.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 2100 Wharton Street, Pittsburgh, PA 15203, and our telephone number is (412) 381-4883. Our website address is http://www.dynavoxtech.com. The information on our website is not part of this Form 10-K.

 

8


Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors

You should carefully read the risks and uncertainties described below. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing our company. Additional risks and uncertainties may also impair our business operations. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows would likely suffer. In that case, the trading price of our Class A common stock could fall.

Risks Related to Our Business

We are in default under our 2008 Credit Facility with our senior secured lenders, which defaults are addressed in a certain Forbearance Agreement and Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2013, as amended (the “Forbearance Agreement”). The Forbearance Agreement currently expires on December 6, 2013, at which time our senior secured lenders can accelerate the obligations owed under our credit agreement and exercise their rights and remedies in connection therewith. In addition, our senior secured lenders have the right, under the Forbearance Agreement, to accelerate our obligations under the credit agreement prior to December 6, 2013 if we default under or otherwise violate the provisions of the Forbearance Agreement. There is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern and holders of our Class A common stock could lose their entire investment.

The Company has been in violation of the Net Senior Debt to EBITDA financial covenant under its 2008 Credit Facility since March 29, 2013 and has received a Default Notice from GE Business Financial Services Inc., as the Lenders Agent. The Default Notice states that the lenders are not required to make further loans or incur further obligations under the revolving loan portion of the 2008 Credit Facility and are entitled to exercise any and all default-related rights and remedies under the 2008 Credit Facility.

As of June 28, 2013, we had approximately $15.2 million in short-term debt due under the 2008 Credit Facility. We do not currently have sufficient cash to repay this indebtedness. The report of our independent registered public accounting firm includes an explanatory paragraph concerning conditions that raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, and there is no guarantee that we will be able to continue to operate our business. Effective as of July 29, 2013 we entered into the Forbearance Agreement whereby our senior secured lenders, among other things, agreed to forbear from exercising their rights and remedies under the 2008 Credit Facility based on defaults thereunder until October 31, 2013. Effective as of October 21, 2013, our senior secured creditors agreed to extend the October 31, 2013 termination date to December 6, 2013 based on the progress that we have made in our efforts to develop a strategic alternative. Upon termination of, or default under, the Forbearance Agreement, the 2008 Credit Facility provides that our senior secured lenders can exercise any and all rights and remedies available to them, including that the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding principal amount under the 2008 Credit Facility can accelerate our obligations under the 2008 Credit Facility and require payment of the full outstanding principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. As part of the Forbearance Agreement the interest rate on our debt was increased to the default rate, which is our current interest rate plus 2% effective from and after April 4, 2013. Since the July 29, 2013 effective date of the Forbearance Agreement we have repaid $1.3 million of the outstanding debt under the 2008 Credit Facility, reducing the outstanding balance from $15.2 million as of June 28, 2013 to $14.0 million as of the date of this report. An additional $0.2 million repayment is due on or before December 1, 2013.

On July 29, 2013, we announced we had engaged an international firm providing financial advisory and strategy consulting services to advise the Company on strategic alternatives, including identifying and evaluating potential business combination transactions and refinancing structures. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on our ability to successfully execute a strategic alternative such as a business combination or a refinancing of the amounts due under the 2008 Credit Facility. If we are unable to either complete a business combination or refinance the amounts due under the 2008 Credit Facility by December 6, 2013 then our senior secured lenders could exercise their rights and remedies thereunder, including accelerating the debt, which would require us to repay immediately up to approximately $13.8 million to such lenders. We do not currently have sufficient cash to repay this indebtedness. The inability to refinance or restructure our debt would have a material adverse effect on the solvency of the Company and our ability to continue as a going concern. If our lenders exercised their rights and remedies as described herein, then the proceeds of the assets constituting their collateral could be insufficient to repay the indebtedness owed to them in full, and therefore holders of our Class A common stock could lose their entire investment. Under these circumstances we may be unable to continue operating as a going concern. In addition, the presence of the going concern explanatory paragraph may have an adverse impact on our relationship with third parties with whom we do business, including our customers, vendors and employees and could make it challenging and difficult for us to raise additional debt or equity financing to the extent needed, all of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

9


Table of Contents

All obligations under the 2008 Credit Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by the immediate holding Company parent of DynaVox Systems LLC and each of DynaVox Systems LLC’s existing and future wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. The 2008 Credit Facility and the related guarantees are secured by substantially all of DynaVox Systems LLC’s present and future assets and all present and future assets of each guarantor on a first lien basis. In the event of an acceleration of our obligations and our failure to pay the amount that would then become due, the holders of the 2008 Credit Facility could seek to foreclose on our assets, as a result of which we would likely need to seek protection under the provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. In that event, we could seek to reorganize our business or attempt to sell our business/assets as a going concern. The Company could also be forced into a chapter 7 liquidation, under which a chapter 7 trustee could be required to liquidate our assets. In any of these events, whether the stockholders receive any value for their shares is highly uncertain. If we needed to liquidate our assets, we might realize significantly less from them than the value that could be obtained in a transaction outside of a bankruptcy proceeding. The funds resulting from the liquidation of our assets would be used first to pay off the debt owed to secured and unsecured creditors, including the lenders under the 2008 Credit Facility, before any funds would be available to pay our stockholders. If we are required to liquidate under the federal bankruptcy laws, it is unlikely that stockholders would receive any value for their shares.

For a more detailed discussion of our 2008 Credit Facility, see “Part II - Item 7 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

We have limited liquidity and may need to arrange for additional liquidity on terms that are unfavorable to our stockholders, if we are able to obtain additional liquidity at all.

Our liquidity remains constrained such that it may not be sufficient to meet our cash operating needs in the short-term. Our ability to fund our working capital needs and capital expenditures is limited by the net cash provided by operations and cash on hand. Our liquidity problems have worsened as a result of our default under our 2008 Credit Facility. Additional declines in net cash provided by operations or changes in the credit our suppliers provide to us could rapidly exhaust our liquidity. Our inability to increase our liquidity would adversely impact our future performance, operations and results of operations and our ability to continue as a going concern.

The current adverse economic environment, including the associated impact on government budgets, could continue to adversely affect our business.

In late 2008 and early 2009, the U.S. and global economies deteriorated significantly, and although the economic, financial and credit market crises have somewhat abated, they continue to contribute to market turbulence and weakness. These factors continue to impact global economic conditions, raise heightened concerns about a prolonged global economic recession and have resulted in a significant loss of corporate earnings and consumer spending. As a result, tax revenue for federal, state and local governments, as well as foreign governments, has decreased substantially. In response to the reduced revenue, governments have cut funding and may continue to cut funding to public programs, including schools and healthcare.

We experienced a softening of demand, as compared to our recent historical growth rates, for both our speech generating devices and software products beginning in fiscal year 2011. Although demand improved in the first quarter of fiscal year 2012 as net sales increased 21.4% compared to the first quarter of fiscal year 2011, net sales for fiscal year 2012 decreased 10.0% compared to fiscal year 2011, and net sales for fiscal year 2013 decreased 33.3% compared to fiscal year 2012. We believe that reduced domestic government funding, and particularly more constrained state and local government funding of school budgets, together with technology advances such as tablet computers, has continued to adversely affect our product sales in the United States during this time period. We have not seen any material improvement in the demand for both our speech generating devices and software products, and we cannot predict when, and if, such improvement might occur.

The majority of the funding for purchases of our special education software and content and a significant portion of the funding for purchases of our speech generating devices comes from the budgets of public schools. Our speech generating technology business is also dependent on funding from Medicare or Medicaid or other state or local government sources. Many state and local government agencies operate under tight budget constraints and make choices on a yearly basis of where to allocate funds. If government agencies continue to redirect funds from special education programs, Medicaid programs or other disability programs to alternative projects, our net sales and results of operations could continue to be adversely affected.

 

10


Table of Contents

Changes in funding for public schools could cause the demand for our speech generating devices, special education software and content to continue to decrease.

We derive a significant portion of both our speech generating devices and our special education software and content revenue from U.S. and non-U.S. public schools, which are heavily dependent on federal, state and local, as well as foreign, government funding. In addition, the school appropriations process is often slow, unpredictable and subject to many factors outside of our control. Curtailments, delays, changes in leadership, shifts in priorities or general reductions in funding could delay or reduce our revenue. Funding difficulties experienced by schools could also cause those institutions to be more resistant to price increases and could slow investments in educational products which could harm our business.

Our business may be adversely affected by changes in state educational funding as a result of changes in legislation at the international, federal and state levels, changes in the state procurement process, changes in government leadership, emergence of other priorities and changes in the condition of the local, state, U.S. or global economy. While in the past few years the availability of state and federal funding for elementary and high school education has improved due to legislation such as No Child Left Behind, recent reductions in, and proposed elimination of, appropriations for these programs may cause some school districts to continue to reduce spending on our products. Reductions in funding for U.S. and non-U.S. public schools may harm our business if our customers are not able to find and obtain alternative sources of funding.

Reforms to the United States healthcare system may adversely affect our business.

Significant legislative reforms to the United States healthcare system have been enacted. While we do not expect this legislation to adversely affect our business, it is not certain what form regulations or policies promulgated thereunder could take or what effect such legislation or regulations, or additional future legislative and regulatory changes may have on our business or results of operations. It is possible that such regulations or policies or future reforms could include programs to reduce spending on healthcare-related products, which may include our speech generating technologies.

Changes in third-party payor funding practices or preferences for alternatives may decrease the demand for, or put downward pressure on the price of, our speech generating devices.

Customers for our speech generating devices typically receive funding from various third-party payors, including domestic and foreign governmental programs (such as Medicare and Medicaid), private insurance plans and managed care plans. The ability of our customers to obtain appropriate funding for our speech generating devices from domestic and foreign government and third-party payors is critical to our success. The availability and extent of coverage affects which products customers purchase and the prices they are willing to pay. Funding varies from country to country and can significantly impact the acceptance of new products. After we develop a new speech generating device, we may experience limited demand for the product unless funding approval is obtained from private and governmental third-party payors in the United States and overseas.

The U.S. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, established coverage for assistive technologies to address speech impairment in 2001, and since that time most private insurers have added such coverage as well. Payors continue to review their funding polices and can, without notice, deny coverage for our speech generating devices. Additionally, many private third-party payors base their funding policy decisions on the decision reached by governmental agencies such as Medicare or Medicaid. As a result of this, if Medicare or Medicaid alters its funding policy in an unfavorable way to us, the effects could be compounded if private insurers followed suit. CMS sets coverage policy for the Medicare program in the United States. CMS policies may alter coverage and payment related to our speech generating devices in the future. These changes may occur as the result of National Coverage Decisions issued by CMS directly or as the result of local or regional coverage decisions by contractors under contract with CMS to review and make coverage and payment decisions.

Beginning in the second quarter of fiscal year 2012 we experienced a funding shift, as an alternative payor in a certain geographic region elected to discontinue its role as primary payor for speech generating devices and assumed the role of secondary payor behind other third party payors, such as Medicare, Medicaid and private insurance. For fiscal year 2013 we recorded approximately $3.4 million less in net device sales as a result of the funding shift as compared to fiscal year 2012. Our expectation is that we will continue to supply a portion of patients impacted by the funding shift with devices in the future through other third party payors, which historically have averaged between three and six months for final authorization compared to approximately 30 days for this specific alternative payor and which may have different reimbursement guidelines than this specific alternative payor. If we experience other funding shifts, our net device sales may be adversely affected.

Legislative or administrative changes could reduce the availability and or timing of third-party funding for our speech generating devices.

Legislative or administrative changes to the U.S. or international funding systems that significantly reduce or delay funding for our products or deny coverage for our products would have an adverse impact on the number of products purchased by our customers and the prices our customers are willing to pay for them, which would, in turn, adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

11


Table of Contents

The loss of members of our senior management or other key personnel or the failure to attract and retain highly qualified personnel could compromise our ability to effectively manage our business.

We rely on members of our senior management to execute our existing business plans and to identify and pursue new opportunities. The loss of services of one or more of our key senior managers could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our future performance depends on the continued service of our key technical, development, sales, marketing and services personnel. We rely on our technical and development personnel for product innovation. We rely on our sales and marketing personnel to continue to expand awareness of our products and our customer base. The loss of key employees could result in significant disruptions to our business, and the integration of replacement personnel could be costly and time consuming, could cause additional disruptions to our business, and could be unsuccessful. We do not carry key person life insurance covering any of our employees.

Our future success also depends on our continued ability to attract and retain highly qualified technical, development, sales and services personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense, and we may fail to retain our key employees or attract or retain other highly qualified personnel in the future.

We may not be able to develop and market successful new products.

Our future success and our ability to increase net sales and earnings depend, in part, on our ability to develop and market new software, devices and content. Our failure to develop new products could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if any of our new products do not work as planned, our ability to market these products could be substantially impeded, resulting in lost net sales, potential damage to our reputation and delays in obtaining market acceptance of these products. We cannot assure you that we will continue to successfully develop and market new products.

New disruptive technologies may adversely affect our market position and financial results.

Our competitors or companies in related industries could develop new technologies that may reduce our market share and adversely affect our net sales and results of operations. For example, other companies are seeking to develop technologies to allow a computer to be directly controlled by a human brain. If a competitor is able to commercialize that technology before we are, our sales of speech generating devices for people with significant physical limitations may be reduced. Also, speech generation software applications utilized on hand-held tablet computers not specifically designed for this purpose have become more popular and have adversely affected sales of our speech generating devices. Schools may also direct a higher percentage of their annual operating budgets to the purchase of hand-held tablet computers and the wireless infrastructure required to support them which could adversely affect our net sales and results of operations.

We are dependent on the continued support of speech language pathologists and special education teachers.

The majority of our speech generating technologies sales are made at the recommendation of a speech language pathologist, and the majority of our special education software authoring tools and content are sold to special education teachers. We are dependent on our ability to convince speech language pathologists and special education teachers of the benefits to their clients and students of our speech generating technologies and special education software. If speech language pathologists or special education teachers were to instead favor the products of our competitors, damaging our reputation, we could lose market share, which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our products are dependent on the continued success of our proprietary symbol sets.

Our proprietary symbol sets are important components of both our speech generating technologies and our special education software. Using symbols rather than text makes communication more efficient and more broadly accessible to people with a wide range of cognitive abilities. While we believe that our proprietary symbol sets include the most widely used set of graphic symbols utilized in speech generating technology and special education software, if speech language pathologists or our clients begin to prefer an alternate symbol set (because, for example, they determine that an alternate symbol set is easier to learn or more efficient than our proprietary symbol sets) or if a superior symbol set is developed by one of our competitors, we could lose market share in both our speech generating technologies and special education software, which could adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

12


Table of Contents

We depend upon certain third-party suppliers and licensing arrangements, making us vulnerable to supply problems and price fluctuations, which could harm our business.

We currently rely on third-party suppliers for the components of our speech generating devices. In some cases, there are relatively few alternate sources of supply for certain other components that are necessary for the hardware components of our speech generating devices.

Our reliance on these outside suppliers also subjects us to risks that could harm our business, including:

 

   

we may not be able to obtain adequate supply in a timely manner or on commercially reasonable terms;

 

   

we may have difficulty locating and qualifying alternate suppliers;

 

   

our suppliers manufacture products for a range of customers, and fluctuations in demand for the products those suppliers manufacture for others may affect their ability to deliver components to us in a timely manner;

 

   

our suppliers may encounter financial hardships unrelated to our demand for components, which could inhibit their ability to fulfill our orders and meet our requirements;

 

   

any interruption or delay in the supply of components or materials, or our inability to obtain components or materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair our ability to meet the demand of our customers and cause them to cancel orders or switch to competitive products; and

 

   

defective parts and products from these suppliers could reduce product reliability and harm our reputation.

Some of the software and other intellectual property that is incorporated into our products is owned by third parties and licensed by us. We may not be able to negotiate or renegotiate these licenses on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, and the third-party intellectual property may not be appropriately supported or maintained by the licensors. If we are unable to obtain the rights necessary to use or continue to use third-party intellectual property in our products and services it could result in increased costs, or an inability to develop new products.

If our patents and other intellectual property rights do not adequately protect our products, we may lose market share to our competitors and be unable to operate our business profitably.

Patents, trademarks, copyrights and other proprietary rights are important to our business, and our ability to compete effectively with other companies depends on the proprietary nature of our technologies. We also rely on trade secrets, know-how and continuing technological innovations to develop, maintain and strengthen our competitive position. However, any pending patent applications may not result in issued patents, any current or future patents issued or licensed to us may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented and the rights granted thereunder may not provide a competitive advantage to us or prevent other companies from independently developing technology that is similar to ours or introducing competitive products. In addition, our pending trademark registration applications may not be approved by the applicable governmental authorities and, even if the applications are approved, third parties may seek to oppose or otherwise challenge these registrations. Failure to obtain trademark registrations in the United States and in other countries could limit our ability to protect our trademarks and impede our marketing efforts in those jurisdictions. Although our proprietary symbol sets are protected by certain trademarks and copyrights, a third party could seek to utilize our symbol sets without our authorization.

Furthermore, we may have to take legal action in the future to protect our intellectual property, or to defend ourselves against claimed infringement of the rights of others. Any legal action of that type could be costly and time-consuming to us and could divert the attention of management, and such actions may not be successful. The invalidation or circumvention of key copyrights, patents, trademarks or other proprietary rights which we own or unsuccessful outcomes in lawsuits to protect our intellectual property may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The laws of foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. If we cannot adequately protect our intellectual property rights in foreign countries, our competitors may be able to compete more directly with us, which could adversely affect our competitive position and, as a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our products could infringe on the intellectual property of others, which may cause us to engage in costly litigation and could cause us to pay substantial damages and prohibit us from selling our products.

Third parties may assert infringement or other intellectual property claims against us based on their intellectual property rights. If such claims are successful, we may have to pay substantial damages for past infringement. We might also be prohibited from selling our products or providing certain content or devices without first obtaining a license from the third party, which, if available at all, may require us to pay royalties. Moreover, we may need to redesign some of our products to avoid future infringement liability. Even if infringement claims against us are without merit, defending a lawsuit takes significant time, may be expensive and may divert management attention from other business concerns.

 

13


Table of Contents

The market opportunities for our products and content may not be as large as we believe.

Our business strategy is to grow our sales to satisfy unmet demand for our speech generating devices among non-verbal individuals and for our special education authoring tools and content among special education teachers. Our expectations for future growth are dependent on our estimates of the number of people who can benefit from our speech generating technologies and special education software and the future growth in conditions that lead to speech and cognitive impairment, such as strokes and autism. However, these market opportunities for our products may not be as large as we believe and may not develop as expected. For example, although the sales of our speech generating devices could grow faster than we expect if our strategy to expand the scale, reach and sophistication of our direct sales infrastructure and build awareness of our products among potential end users and speech language pathologists is more effective than we have modeled, these sales could also be adversely impacted to the extent that these strategies are less effective than we expect, if the population of potential users does not develop as we anticipate or if some portion of the pool of potential end users that we seek to serve decides to use speech generation software applications on devices not specifically designed for this purpose, such as hand-held tablet computers.

We may fail to successfully execute our strategy to grow our business.

We intend to pursue a number of different strategies to grow our revenue and earnings. However, we may not be able to successfully execute these strategies.

We are subject to a variety of risks due to our international operations that could adversely affect those operations or our profitability and operating results.

Our operations in countries outside the United States, which accounted for 11.5% of our net sales for the year ended June 28, 2013, are accompanied by certain financial and other risks. We intend to continue to pursue growth opportunities in sales outside the United States, which could expose us to greater risks associated with international sales and operations. Our profitability and international operations are, and will continue to be, subject to a number of risks and potential costs, including:

 

   

changes in foreign medical reimbursement programs and policies,

 

   

local product preferences and product requirements,

 

   

longer-term receivables than are typical in the United States,

 

   

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates,

 

   

less protection of intellectual property in some countries outside the United States,

 

   

trade protection measures and import and export licensing requirements,

 

   

work force instability,

 

   

dependence on third party distributors,

 

   

international terrorism and anti-American sentiment,

 

   

political and economic instability, and

 

   

the potential payment of U.S. income taxes on certain earnings of our foreign subsidiaries’ upon repatriation.

Our sales in international markets are also heavily dependent on public funding. We experienced a softening of demand for our products in international markets, including Germany and the United Kingdom, in fiscal year 2011 and fiscal year 2012 that we believe was as a result of constraints in government spending. Continued or increases in constraints in public funding for our products in our key international markets could adversely affect our net sales and results of operations.

 

14


Table of Contents

In addition, our business practices in foreign countries are subject to compliance with U.S. law, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”). We have a compliance program in place designed to reduce the likelihood of potential violations of the FCPA and other U.S. laws. If violations were to occur, they could subject us to fines and other penalties as well as increased compliance costs.

In addition, a significant amount of trade receivables are with national healthcare systems in many countries. Repayment is accordingly dependent to a degree upon the financial stability of the economies of those countries.

We depend on third-party distributors to market and sell our products internationally in a number of markets. Our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by both our distributors’ performance and our ability to maintain these relationships on terms that are favorable to us.

We depend, in part, on international third-party distributors to sell our products in many jurisdictions outside the United States. In the fiscal year ended June 28, 2013, our net sales through international third-party distributors were 11% of our total net sales. Our international distributors operate independently of us, and we have limited control over their operations, which exposes us to certain risks. Distributors may not commit the necessary resources to market and sell our products and may also market and sell competitive products. In addition, our distributors may not comply with the laws and regulatory requirements in their local jurisdictions, which may limit their ability to market or sell our products. If current or future distributors do not perform adequately, or if we are unable to locate competent distributors in particular countries and secure their services on favorable terms, or at all, we may be unable to increase or maintain our level of net sales in these markets or enter new markets.

Failure to obtain regulatory approval in foreign jurisdictions could prevent us from marketing our products abroad.

We have commercial and marketing efforts in a number of international jurisdictions and may seek to market our products in new countries in the future. Outside the United States, we can generally market a product only if we receive a marketing authorization and, in some cases, pricing approval, from the appropriate regulatory authorities. The approval procedure varies among countries. We may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. Approval by one regulatory authority does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries.

Our business could be adversely affected by competition including potential new entrants.

Although we have few competitors in our specific areas of speech generating technology and special education software, many other companies compete within the broader assistive technology market and could choose to enter the areas in which we have chosen to focus. We also face the risk of new entrants who do not currently compete in any segment of the assistive technology market, whether through acquisition of a current competitor or a new startup from a company that engages in a complementary business to ours, such as producers of educational software or consumer electronics. These competitors and potential competitors may have substantially greater capital resources, larger customer bases, broader product lines, larger sales forces, greater marketing and management resources, larger research and development staffs, larger facilities than ours, as well as global distribution channels that may be more effective than ours. These competitors may develop new technologies or more effective products that would compete directly with our products. These new technologies may make it more difficult to market our products and could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Competing with these companies will require continued investment by us in research and development, marketing, customer service and support. Even with such continued investments, we may not be able to successfully compete with new entrants in the areas in which we compete.

 

15


Table of Contents

If we fail to comply with the U.S. Federal Anti-Kickback Statute and similar state and foreign laws, we could be subject to criminal and civil penalties and exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other governmental programs.

A provision of the U.S. Social Security Act, commonly referred to as the U.S. Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, prohibits the offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any form of remuneration in return for referring, ordering, leasing, purchasing or arranging for or recommending the ordering, purchasing or leasing of items or services payable by Medicare, Medicaid or any other federal healthcare program. The Federal Anti-Kickback Statute is very broad in scope and many of its provisions have not been uniformly or definitively interpreted by existing case law or regulations. In addition, most of the states in which our products are sold in the United States have adopted laws similar to the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, and some of these laws are even broader than the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute in that their prohibitions are not limited to items or services paid for by a federal healthcare program but, instead, apply regardless of the source of payment. Violations of the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute or such similar state laws may result in substantial civil or criminal penalties and exclusion from participation in federal or state healthcare programs. We derive a significant portion of our net sales from international operations, and many foreign governments have equivalent statutes with similar penalties.

All of our financial relationships with healthcare providers and others who provide products or services to federal healthcare program beneficiaries are potentially governed by the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute and similar state or foreign laws. We believe our operations are in material compliance with the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute and similar state or foreign laws. However, we cannot assure you that we will not be subject to investigations or litigation alleging violations of these laws, which could be time-consuming and costly to us, could divert management’s attention from operating our business and could prevent healthcare providers from purchasing our products, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, if our arrangements were found to violate the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute or similar state or foreign laws, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

If we fail to comply with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), we could be subject to enforcement actions.

Federal and state laws protect the confidentiality of certain patient health information, including patient medical records, and restrict the use and disclosure of patient health information by healthcare providers. In particular, in April 2003, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services published patient privacy rules under HIPAA and, in April 2005, published security rules for protected health information. The HIPAA privacy and security rules govern the use, disclosure and security of protected health information by “Covered Entities,” which are healthcare providers that submit electronic claims, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses. Through our sales of speech generating technologies, we are a Covered Entity. We are committed to maintaining the security and privacy of patients’ health information and believe that we meet the expectations of the HIPAA rules. While we believe we are and will be in compliance with all HIPAA standards, there is no guarantee that we will not be subject to enforcement actions, which can be costly and interrupt regular operations of our business.

On January 17, 2013, the Office for Civil Rights of the Department of Health and Human Services released a major final rule modifying the HIPAA Privacy, Security, Breach and Enforcement Rules, including revisions made by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act. While we are still reviewing the extensive provisions of the rule, it generally appears to expand privacy and security requirements for business associates of entities that receive protected health information, increase penalties for noncompliance, and strengthen requirements for reporting of breaches, among other changes. The rule is effective March 23, 2013, and covered entities and business associates must comply with the applicable requirements of this final rule by September 23, 2013. We cannot determine at this time the cost of compliance with the new requirements

Governmental compliance is critical to the operation of our business. As legislators and regulatory bodies increase scrutiny of our industry, there may be adverse statements or charges against us by regulators or elected officials. Regardless of the factual basis, such allegations can result in investigation by regulators, legislators, and law enforcement officials, or in lawsuits. Responding to such allegations can be costly and time consuming. Adverse publicity can have a negative impact on our reputation, which could adversely affect our business and the results of operations.

Cyber attacks as well as improper disclosure or control of personal information could result in liability and harm our reputation, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our business is dependent upon our computer technologies, systems and platforms. Internal or external attacks on any of those could disrupt the normal operations of our business and impede our ability to provide services to our clients, thereby subjecting us to liability. Additionally, our business involves the use and storage of information about our employees and our customers. While we take measures to protect the security and the privacy of personal and proprietary information, it is possible that our security controls over our systems, as well as other security practices we follow, may not prevent the improper access to or disclosure of personally identifiable or proprietary information. Such disclosure could harm our reputation and subject us to liability, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenue. Further, data privacy is subject to frequently changing rules and regulations, which sometimes conflict among the various jurisdictions and countries in which we provide services. Our failure to adhere to or successfully implement processes in response to changing regulatory requirements in this area could result in legal liability or impairment to our reputation in the marketplace, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

16


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure

DynaVox Inc.’s only material asset is its interest in DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC, and it is accordingly dependent upon distributions from DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC to pay taxes, make payments under the tax receivable agreement or pay dividends.

DynaVox Inc. is a holding company and has no material assets other than its ownership of partnership units of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC, or Holdings Units. DynaVox Inc. has no independent means of generating revenue. DynaVox Inc. intends to cause DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC to make distributions to its unitholders in an amount sufficient to cover all applicable taxes at assumed tax rates, payments under the tax receivable agreement and dividends, if any, declared by it. To the extent that DynaVox Inc. needs funds, and DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC is restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of our financing arrangements, or is otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

DynaVox Systems LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC, has entered into a senior secured credit facility. This agreement includes a restricted payment covenant, which restricts the ability of DynaVox Systems LLC to make distributions to its parent, DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC, which, in turn, limits the ability of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC to make distributions to DynaVox Inc. In addition, each of DynaVox Systems LLC and DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC are generally prohibited under Delaware law from making a distribution to a member to the extent that, at the time of the distribution, after giving effect to the distribution, liabilities of the limited liability company (with certain exceptions) exceed the fair value of its assets.

DynaVox Inc. is controlled by the limited partners of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC, whose interests may differ from those of our public shareholders.

As of June 28, 2013, the limited partners of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC controlled approximately 62.0% of the combined voting power of our Class A and Class B common stock. Accordingly, the limited partners of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC have the ability to elect all of the members of our board of directors, and thereby to control our management and affairs. In addition, they are able to determine the outcome of all matters requiring shareholder approval, including mergers and other material transactions, and are able to cause or prevent a change in the composition of our board of directors or a change in control of our company that could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their Class A common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

In addition, as of June 28, 2013, the limited partners of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC owned 62.0% of the Holdings Units. Because they hold their ownership interest in our business through DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC, rather than through the public company, these owners may have conflicting interests with holders of shares of our Class A common stock. For example, these owners may have different tax positions from us which could influence their decisions regarding whether and when to dispose of assets, whether and when to incur new or refinance existing indebtedness, especially in light of the existence of the tax receivable agreement that we entered in connection with our IPO, and whether and when DynaVox Inc. should terminate the tax receivable agreement and accelerate its obligations thereunder. In addition, the structuring of future transactions may take into consideration these owners’ tax or other considerations even where no similar benefit would accrue to us. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.”

Prior to our IPO, DynaVox Inc. and DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC entered into an amended and restated security holders agreement with funds affiliated with Vestar Capital Partners (or, together with its affiliates, Vestar), Park Avenue Equity Partners L.P. (or, together with its affiliates, Park Avenue) and certain specified other holders of Holdings Units from time to time, including our executive officers. The amended and restated security holders agreement includes, until such time as the security holders cease to own at least 25% of the total voting power of DynaVox Inc., a voting agreement pursuant to which the security holders have agreed to vote their shares and to take any other action necessary to elect the following directors of DynaVox Inc.: (1) one director who shall be the Chief Executive Officer and (2) for so long as Vestar holds 10% of the total voting power of DynaVox Inc., all of the remaining directors shall be designated by Vestar. In addition, the amended and restated security holders agreement provides Vestar with certain “take along” rights, requiring the other investors party to that agreement to consent to a proposed sale of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC. These provisions give Vestar substantial control over the Company, and Vestar’s interests may differ with your interests as a holder of the Class A common stock. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.” As of June 28, 2013, parties to the amended and restated security holders agreement controlled approximately 57.5% of the combined voting power of our Class A and Class B common stock and held 92.6% of the Holdings Units.

 

17


Table of Contents

Our certificate of incorporation contains a provision renouncing our interest and expectancy in certain corporate opportunities identified by Vestar.

Vestar and its affiliates are in the business of providing buyout capital and growth capital to developing companies, and may acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business. Our certificate of incorporation provides for the allocation of certain corporate opportunities between us, on the one hand, and Vestar, on the other hand. As set forth in our certificate of incorporation, neither Vestar, nor any director, officer, stockholder, member, manager or employee of Vestar has any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. Therefore, a director or officer of our company who also serves as a director, officer, member, manager or employee of Vestar may pursue certain acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, such acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. These potential conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects if attractive corporate opportunities are allocated by Vestar to themselves or their other affiliates instead of to us.

We are required to pay the counterparties to the tax receivable agreement for certain tax benefits we may claim arising in connection with our IPO, future purchases or exchanges of Holdings Units and related transactions, and the amounts we may pay could be significant.

In connection with our IPO, we purchased Holdings Units from our pre-IPO owners, including members of our senior management. We also entered into a tax receivable agreement with our pre-IPO owners that provides for the payment by DynaVox Inc. to these parties of 85% of the benefits, if any, that DynaVox Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of (i) the existing tax basis in the intangible assets of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC on the date of our IPO, (ii) the increases in tax basis resulting from our purchases or exchanges of Holdings Units and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.”

We expect that the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and/or distributions to DynaVox Inc. by DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC are not sufficient to permit DynaVox Inc. to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid taxes. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon the continued ownership of us by the counterparties to the tax receivable agreement.

As of June 28, 2013 the estimated liability representing the expected payments due under the tax receivable agreement was zero. During the fiscal year ending June 27, 2014, the Company does not expect to make a payment under the tax receivable agreement. During the third quarter of fiscal year 2013, the Company changed its estimate and reduced $43.9 million of the estimated liability in connection with placing a substantial valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets as it was determined that it was more likely than not that the tax benefits would not be realized. Future changes in our assessment of our ability to realize deferred tax assets would have an effect on our estimate of the tax receivable agreement liability. If we were to determine that a reduction to our valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets was necessary because it was more likely than not that we would realize the tax benefits, we would record a corresponding increase to our tax receivable liability.

Effective October 18, 2013, the tax receivable agreement was amended so that the agreement will terminate with no further obligations owed by DynaVox Inc. to its pre-IPO owners upon a change in control other than a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

In certain cases, payments under the tax receivable agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.

The tax receivable agreement originally provided that upon certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, the corporate taxpayer’s (or its successor’s) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired Holdings Units (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) would be based on certain assumptions, including that the corporate taxpayer would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement. Upon a subsequent actual exchange, any additional increase in tax deductions, tax basis and other benefits in excess of the amounts assumed at the change in control would have also resulted in payments under the tax receivable agreement. As a result, under the original tax receivable agreement, we could have been required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that were greater than the specified percentage of the actual benefits we realized. Effective October 18, 2013, the tax receivable agreement was amended so that the agreement will terminate with no further obligations owed by DynaVox Inc. to its pre- IPO owners upon a change in control other than a liquidation or dissolution of the Company. If we elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early for reasons other than for a change in control that is not a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, we would still be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value (calculated utilizing a discount rate equal to LIBOR plus 100 basis points) of the anticipated future tax benefits. In addition to the assumption that the corporate taxpayer would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits, this upfront payment would be calculated based upon additional assumptions, including that any Holdings Units that had not then been exchanged would be deemed to be exchanged for the market value of the Class A common stock at the time of the termination and that the tax rates for future years would be those specified in the law as in effect at the time of termination. In any of these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could be significant and significantly in excess of any tax benefits that we realize.

 

18


Table of Contents

Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge a tax basis increase, the corporate taxpayer will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement in excess of the benefits that the corporate taxpayer actually realizes in respect of (i) the existing tax basis in the intangible assets of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC on the date of our IPO, (ii) the increases in tax basis resulting from our purchases or exchanges of Holdings Units and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement.

Out internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of June 28, 2013 and there could be additional material weaknesses in our internal controls in the future. Furthermore, this Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an independent registered public accounting firm’s audit of our internal control over financial reporting, which could uncover other material weaknesses.

Based on the evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting related to the year ended June 28, 2013, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of such date, our internal control over financial reporting was not effective at the reasonable assurance level. Our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting surrounding the performance of analysis to support and review non-routine and complex accounting matters. Specifically, deficiencies were identified in our control environment which could have led to the improper valuation of certain assets. As a result of the Default Notice, the Forbearance Agreement and specifically the expedited process to evaluate strategic alternatives required under the Forbearance Agreement, the Company lacked sufficient skilled personnel to conduct such analysis. There could be additional material weaknesses in our internal controls in the future.

Under rules established under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, specifically subsection (c)—Exemption for Smaller Issuers, under Section 989G—Exemption for Non-accelerated Filers, the Company is not required to obtain, and therefore did not obtain, an opinion on our internal control over financial reporting from our independent registered public accounting firm. Because we have not engaged an independent registered public accounting firm to conduct an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, we cannot conclude that such an audit would not uncover other material weaknesses, in addition to the item noted above, in our internal controls or a combination of significant deficiencies that could result in the conclusion that we have a material weakness in our internal controls. If in the future we conduct an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, such audit findings may conclude that we have additional material weaknesses in our internal controls or a combination of significant deficiencies that could result in the conclusion that we have material weakness in our internal controls.

Matters impacting our internal controls may cause us to be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis and thereby result in a breach of the covenants under our debt agreements. Confidence in the reliability of our financial statements also could suffer if we were to report a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. This could materially adversely affect us and lead to a decline in the price of our Class A common stock.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law might discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult without the approval of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions:

 

   

authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of Class A common stock;

 

   

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

   

provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our bylaws and that our stockholders may only amend our bylaws with the approval of 80% or more of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote; and

 

   

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

 

19


Table of Contents

These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company, including actions that our stockholders may deem advantageous, or negatively affect the trading price of our Class A common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire.

Risks Related to our Class A Common Stock

As our Class A common stock is no longer listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, our shares are thinly traded, our ability to raise future capital is impaired and we are no longer required to comply with the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements. In addition, we deregistered our Class A common stock, which has suspended our SEC reporting requirements.

On April 15, 2013, the Company’s Class A common stock was delisted from the NASDAQ Global Select Market and began trading on the OTC Markets OTCQB marketplace on April 16, 2013. In addition, in light of not being quoted on a national exchange and given the increasing cost and resource demands of being a public company, our Board has decided to deregister our Class A common stock under the Exchange Act and “go dark.” We filed a Form 15 with the SEC on July 1, 2013, and our obligation to file reports (including periodic reports and proxy statements) with the SEC has ceased since then although we are still required to file this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year 2013. The Company expects that this Annual Report will be the final report the Company files with the SEC. The Company’s Class A common stock currently trades on the OTC Markets OTC Pink Limited Information marketplace.

The delisting of our Class A common stock has resulted, and could continue to result, in a number of negative implications, including reduced price and liquidity in our common stock as a result of the loss of market efficiencies associated with NASDAQ and the loss of federal preemption of state securities laws, as well as the potential loss of confidence by suppliers, customers and employees, the loss of institutional investor interest, the loss of the ability to raise future capital, lack of coverage by analysts, fewer business development opportunities and greater difficulty in obtaining financing. In addition, we are no longer required to comply with the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements.

As a result of the deregistration, investors have significantly less information about the Company and may find it more difficult to obtain accurate quotations as to the market value of the Company’s Class A common stock. In addition, there has been a substantial decrease in the liquidity in the Class A common stock and the ability of shareholders to sell the Company’s securities in the secondary market is materially limited. Further, the market’s interpretation of the Company’s motivation for “going dark” varies from cost savings, to negative changes in the Company’s prospects, to serving insider interests, all of which affect, and may continue to affect, the overall price and liquidity of the Company’s Class A common stock and its ability to raise capital on terms acceptable to the Company or at all.

There is no assurance that we will continue to trade on the OTC Markets OTC Pink Limited Information marketplace as we are dependent on one or more market makers making a market in our common stock, and even if they continue to do so, there can be no assurance that an active trading market will be maintained. Broker-dealers may decline to trade in the Pink Sheets because (1) the market for such securities is often limited, (2) such securities are generally more volatile, and (3) the risk to investors is generally greater. Selling our Class A common stock could be difficult because smaller quantities of shares can be bought and sold, transactions can be delayed and securities analyst and media coverage of us may be reduced. These factors could result in lower prices and larger spreads in the bid and ask prices for shares of our Class A common stock as well as lower trading volume. We cannot provide any assurance that, even if our Class A common stock continues to be listed or quoted on the Pink Sheets or another market or system, the market for our Class A common stock will be liquid.

We do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

We do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Payments of future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our business, operating results and financial condition, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion and any legal or contractual limitations on our ability to pay dividends. As a result, capital appreciation in the price of our Class A common stock, if any, may be your only source of gain on an investment in our Class A common stock.

 

20


Table of Contents

Even if we decide in the future to pay any dividends, DynaVox Inc. is a holding company with no independent operations of its own. As a result, DynaVox Inc. depends on DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries and affiliates for cash to pay its obligations and make dividend payments. Deterioration in the financial conditions, earnings or cash flow of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries for any reason could limit or impair their ability to pay cash distributions or other distributions to us. In addition, our ability to pay dividends in the future is dependent upon our receipt of cash from DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries. DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries may be restricted from sending cash to us by, among other things, law or provisions of the documents governing our existing or future indebtedness.

Securities or industry analysts ceased publishing research or reports about our business, which has contributed to a decline in our stock price and trading volume.

The trading market for our Class A common stock was influenced, among other things, by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts published about us or our business. The analysts ceased coverage of us and, as a result, we lost visibility in the financial markets, which in turn caused our Class A common stock price and trading volume to decline and our Class A common stock to be less liquid.

Shares of our Class A common stock price may decline due to the large number of shares of Class A common stock eligible for future sale and for exchange.

The market price of shares of our Class A common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of Class A common stock in the market or the perception that such sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell shares of Class A common stock in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

The market price of shares of our Class A common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

The market price of our Class A common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations as a result of factors other than the delisting and the deregistration of our Class A common stock (described above). Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions could reduce the market price of shares of our Class A common stock in spite of our operating performance. In addition, our operating results could be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors due to a number of potential factors, including variations in our operating results or dividends, if any, to stockholders, additions or departures of key management personnel, publication of research reports about our industry, litigation and government investigations, changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement thereof affecting our business, adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future, changes in market valuations of similar companies or speculation in the press or investment community, announcements by our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments, adverse publicity about the industries we participate in or individual scandals, the delisting of our shares of Class A common stock from the NASDAQ Global Select Market, and in response the market price of shares of our Class A common stock could decrease significantly. You may be unable to resell your shares of Class A common stock at or above the price you originally paid.

In the past years, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. In the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

You may be diluted by the future issuance of additional Class A common stock in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise.

As of June 28, 2013, we have an aggregate of more than 988 million shares of Class A common stock authorized but unissued, including approximately 18.7 million shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of outstanding Holdings Units. Our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue these shares of Class A common stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Class A common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion, whether in connection with acquisitions or otherwise. We have reserved 3,550,000 shares for issuance under our 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan, including 977,075 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options that we have granted to our officers and employees. See “Item 11. Executive Compensation.” Any Class A common stock that we issue, including under our 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan or other equity incentive plans that we may adopt in the future, would dilute the percentage ownership held by the then existing holders of our Class A common stock.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

21


Table of Contents

Item 2. Properties

We lease a 36,000 square foot facility in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, which houses our corporate headquarters and assembly operations. We also leased a 4,000 square foot facility in Birmingham, England for the first half of fiscal year 2013. We do not own any real property. We consider our Pittsburgh facility to be suitable and adequate for the management and operation of our business.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

As of the date of this report, there were no material proceedings underway. In the ordinary course of business, we are from time to time involved in lawsuits, claims, investigations, proceedings, and threats of litigation. The results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, and unfavorable resolutions are possible and could materially affect our results of operations, cash flows or financial position. In addition, regardless of the outcome, litigation could have an adverse impact on us because of defense costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

 

22


Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

From April 22, 2010 through April 15, 2013, our Class A common stock was traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “DVOX”. On April 16, 2013, our Class A common stock was delisted from The NASDAQ Global Select Market and subsequently began trading on the OTC Markets OTCQB marketplace. Upon filing a Form 15 with the SEC on July 1, 2013 to deregister our Class A common stock, the trading of our Class A common stock was automatically transferred from the OTC Markets OTCQB marketplace to its OTC Pink Limited Information marketplace. The following table sets forth the high and low closing prices for our Class A common stock from July 5, 2011 through April 15, 2013, as reported by The NASDAQ Global Select Market and on or after April 16, 2013 as reported by OTC Markets.

 

Fiscal 2013

   High      Low  

First Quarter

   $ 1.24       $ 0.49   

Second Quarter

   $ 0.52       $ 0.24   

Third Quarter

   $ 0.69       $ 0.29   

Fourth Quarter

   $ 0.50       $ 0.09   

Fiscal 2012

   High      Low  

First Quarter

   $ 7.79       $ 3.60   

Second Quarter

   $ 4.17       $ 3.18   

Third Quarter

   $ 4.03       $ 3.07   

Fourth Quarter

   $ 3.14       $ 1.06   

Our Class B common stock is not publicly traded.

Holders

On September 26, 2013, there were 84 holders of record of our Class A common stock and 42 holders of record of our Class B common stock. The number of record holders does not include persons who held our Class A common stock in nominee or “street name” accounts through brokers.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our Class A common stock. We currently intend to retain all earnings, if any, to finance the development and growth of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. The declaration, amount and payment of any dividends on shares of Class A common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant.

DynaVox Inc. is a holding company and has no material assets other than its ownership of Holdings Units in DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC. We intend to cause DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC to make distributions to us in an amount sufficient to cover cash dividends, if any, declared by us. If DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC makes such distributions to DynaVox Inc., the other holders of Holdings Units will be entitled to receive equivalent distributions.

DynaVox Systems LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC, has entered into a senior secured credit facility. This agreement includes a restricted payment covenant, which restricts the ability of DynaVox Systems LLC to make distributions to its parent, DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC, which, in turn, limits the ability of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC to make distributions to DynaVox Inc.

 

23


Table of Contents

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table provides information about the securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans as of June 28, 2013:

 

    Equity Compensation Plan Information  
    (A)     (B)     (C)  

Plan category

  Number of securities to be issued
upon exercise of outstanding
options, warrants and rights
    Weighted-average exercise price
of outstanding options, warrants
and rights
    Number of securities  remaining
available for future issuance
under equity compensation plans
(excluding securities reflected in
column (A))
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

    977,075      $ 11.06        1,501,866   

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

    0        0        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    977,075      $ 11.06        1,501,866   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders consist of our 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

The securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights and the securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans approved by our security holders as of June 28, 2013 consisted of 3,550,000 shares of Class A common stock under our 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Options issuable under the 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan have a maximum term of ten years.

 

24


Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

Information is not required per applicable rules.

 

25


Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

You should read the following discussion in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes under “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”. The following discussion may contain predictions, estimates and other forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties, including those discussed under “Item 1A. Risk Factors”. These risks could cause our actual results to differ materially from any future performance suggested below. Accordingly, you should read “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”

We operate on a fiscal calendar that results in a given fiscal year consisting of a 52-week or 53-week period ending on the Friday closest to June 30th of each year. For example, references to “fiscal year 2013” refer to the 52-week period ended on June 28, 2013. Fiscal year 2012 was a 52-week period which ended on June 29, 2012. Fiscal year 2011 was a 52-week period which ended on July 1, 2011.

Overview

We develop and market industry-leading software, devices and content to assist people in overcoming their speech, language or learning disabilities. Our proprietary software is the result of decades of research and development. We believe our trademark- and copyright-protected symbol sets are more widely used than any other in our industry. These assets have positioned us as a leader in two areas within the broader market for assistive technologies—speech generating technologies and special education software.

Sales of our speech generating technologies are our largest source of revenue. In both fiscal years 2013 and 2012, sales of speech generating technologies produced approximately 84% of our net sales. The pricing levels at which third party payors, including Medicare, Medicaid and private insurers, are willing to provide coverage for speech generating technology significantly influences our sales of speech generating technologies because a significant portion of the speech generating devices that we sell are funded by such third-party payors.

Our other primary source of revenue is sales of special education software. In both fiscal years 2013 and 2012, sales of special education software produced approximately 16% of our net sales. Our software products are generally purchased by special education teachers and are generally funded by schools, which receive funding from federal, state and local sources. The level of funding available for special education and educational technology is an important driver of our software sales. Currently, revenue from sales of our software products is generated primarily from up-front fees that we collect on the initial sale of our authoring tools.

As previously disclosed, we experienced a softening of demand for both our speech generating devices and software products beginning in fiscal year 2011. Although demand improved in the first quarter of fiscal year 2012 as net sales increased 21.4% compared to the first quarter of fiscal year 2011, net sales for fiscal year 2012 decreased 10.0% compared to fiscal year 2011, and net sales for fiscal year 2013 decreased 33.3% compared to fiscal year 2012. We believe that reduced domestic government funding, and particularly more constrained state and local government funding of school budgets, together with technology advances such as tablet computers, has adversely affected our product sales in the United States during this time period.

Beginning in the second quarter of fiscal year 2012 we experienced a funding shift, as an alternative payor in a certain geographic region elected to discontinue its role as primary payor for speech generating devices and assumed the role of secondary payor behind other third party payors, such as Medicare, Medicaid and private insurance. For fiscal year 2013 we recorded $3.4 million less in net device sales as a result of the funding shift as compared to fiscal year 2012. Our expectation is that we will continue to supply a portion of patients impacted by the funding shift with devices in the future through other third party payors, which historically have averaged between three and six months for final authorization compared to approximately 30 days for this specific alternative payor and which may have different reimbursement guidelines than this specific alternative payor.

Our cost of sales as a percentage of net sales is influenced by the mix of our net sales between speech generating technologies and special education software, with the gross margin on our special education software sales being moderately higher.

Our primary operating expenses are selling and marketing, research and development and general and administrative.

Since March 29, 2013 the Company has been in violation of the Net Senior Debt to EBITDA financial covenant under the credit agreement (the “2008 Credit Facility”) and has received a Notice of Events of Default; Reservation of Rights (“Default Notice”) from GE Business Financial Services Inc., as Agent (the “Lenders Agent”). The Default Notice states that the lenders are not required to make further loans or incur further obligations under the revolving loan portion of the credit agreement and are entitled to exercise any and all default-related rights and remedies under the agreement.

 

26


Table of Contents

The report of our independent registered public accounting firm includes an explanatory paragraph concerning conditions that raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, and there is no guarantee that we will be able to continue to operate our business. As of June 28, 2013, we had approximately $15.2 million in short-term debt due under the 2008 Credit Facility. Effective as of July 29, 2013 we entered into the Forbearance Agreement whereby our senior secured lenders, among other things, agreed to forbear from exercising their rights and remedies under the 2008 Credit Facility based on defaults thereunder until October 31, 2013. Effective as of October 21, 2013, our senior secured creditors agreed to extend the October 31, 2013 termination date to December 6, 2013 based on the progress that we have made in our efforts to develop a strategic alternative. Upon termination of, or default under, the Forbearance Agreement, the 2008 Credit Facility provides that our senior secured lenders can exercise any and all rights and remedies available to them, including that the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding principal amount under the 2008 Credit Facility can accelerate our obligations under the 2008 Credit Facility and require payment of the full outstanding principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. As part of the Forbearance Agreement the interest rate on our debt was increased to the default rate, which is our current interest rate plus 2% effective from and after April 4, 2013.

On July 29, 2013 we announced we had engaged an international firm providing financial advisory and strategy consulting services to advise the Company on strategic alternatives, including identifying and evaluating potential business combination transactions and refinancing structures. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on our ability to successfully execute a strategic alternative such as a business combination or a refinancing of the amounts due under the 2008 Credit Facility. If we are unable to either complete a business combination or refinance the amounts due under the 2008 Credit Facility by December 6, 2013 then our senior secured lenders could exercise their rights and remedies thereunder, including accelerating the debt, which would require us to repay immediately up to approximately $13.8 million to such lenders. We do not currently have sufficient cash to repay this indebtedness. The inability to refinance or restructure our debt would have a material adverse effect on the solvency of the Company and our ability to continue as a going concern. If our lenders exercised their rights and remedies as describe herein, then the proceeds of the assets constituting their collateral could be insufficient to repay the indebtedness owed to them in full, and therefore holders of our Class A common stock could lose their entire investment. Under these circumstances we may be unable to continue operating as a going concern. In addition, the presence of the going concern explanatory paragraph may have an adverse impact on our relationship with third parties with whom we do business, including our customers, vendors and employees and could make it challenging and difficult for us to raise additional debt or equity financing to the extent needed, all of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

See “Part I – Item 1A – Risk Factors – We are in default under our 2008 Credit Facility with our senior secured lenders, which defaults are addressed in a certain Forbearance Agreement and Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2013, as amended (the “Forbearance Agreement”). The Forbearance Agreement currently expires on December 6, 2013, at which time our senior secured lenders can accelerate the obligations owed under our credit agreement and exercise their rights and remedies in connection therewith. In addition, our senior secured lenders have the right, under the Forbearance Agreement, to accelerate our obligations under the credit agreement prior to December 6, 2013 if we default under or otherwise violate the provisions of the Forbearance Agreement. There is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern and holders of our Class A common stock could lose their entire investment.”

 

27


Table of Contents

Components of Results of Operations

Net Sales

Our sales are recorded net of product returns and an allowance for discounts and adjustments at the time of the sale based upon contractual arrangements with insurance companies, Medicare allowable billing rates and state Medicaid rates. Our net sales are derived from the sales of speech generating devices and special education software and content. The following table summarizes our net sales by product categories for the periods indicated below both in dollars and as a percentage of net sales:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     June 28,
2013
    June 29,
2012
    July 1,
2011
 
     (Amounts in thousands)  

Net Sales

      

Speech generating devices

   $ 54,239      $ 81,759      $ 87,401   

Special education software

     10,714        15,559        20,702   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 64,953      $ 97,318      $ 108,103   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage of net sales

      

Speech generating devices

     83.5     84.0     80.8

Special education software

     16.5     16.0     19.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A majority of our net sales for devices are generated by our direct sales efforts for products that are shipped to clients and billed to Medicare (national), Medicaid (local) and private insurance companies as well as products that are shipped and directly billed to school districts, evaluation centers and Department of Veterans Affairs centers. Special education software sales for fiscal year 2012 include a large international order of approximately $1.4 million.

 

28


Table of Contents

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales includes the direct labor and indirect costs of the final assembly operations performed at our facility in Pittsburgh, the cost of the component materials used in the final assembly, quality control testing, certain royalties, the distribution costs of our special education software center and other third-party costs. Our cost of sales is substantially higher in higher volume quarters, generally increasing as net sales increase. Changes in the mix of our products, or the mix between devices and software, may also impact our overall cost of sales. We review our inventory levels on an ongoing basis in order to identify potentially obsolete products and record any adjustments to our reserve as a component of cost of sales.

Operating Expenses

Selling and Marketing. Selling and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries, commissions, benefits and other personnel related expenses for employees engaged in field sales, front-end technical support to assist the sales process, sales operations (order authorization and processing), marketing and external advertising and promotion.

Research and Development. Our research and development expenses consist primarily of compensation of employees associated with the development, design and testing of new products, product enhancements and new applications for our existing products. We expense most of our research and development costs as they are incurred. Certain patent technology costs are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of the patent related asset.

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries, benefits and other personnel related expenses for employees engaged in finance, legal, human resources and executive management. Other costs include outside legal and accounting fees, investor relations, risk management (insurance) and other administrative costs.

Amortization of Certain Intangible Assets. We have finite-lived intangible assets composed of acquired software technology, acquired patents, internally developed patents, and trade names which are typically amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Acquired software technology is typically amortized over three to 10 years, acquired patents are amortized over the remaining useful life of the patent, internally developed patents are amortized over their useful life, and trade names are amortized over three years. Amortization related to acquired software technology and trade names is included in cost of sales. Amortization of patents is included in operating expenses. In connection with the impairment charges taken in the third quarter of fiscal year 2013, the Company determined that one of the indefinite-lived trade names had a finite life due to the refinement of a business strategy. The finite-lived intangible asset of $0.2 million will be amortized over one year beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013. Additionally, in connection with the impairment charges taken in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012, described below, we reduced the useful lives of certain acquired software technology and acquired patents to one year.

Impairment Loss. Long-lived assets, which include fixed assets and finite-lived intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a long-lived asset or group of assets may not be recoverable. Goodwill and intangibles with indefinite-lives are reviewed at least annually, or when events or other changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. Goodwill is tested by comparing the carrying value of the reporting unit to its fair value. The Company uses the end of its fiscal year for the annual test and has one reporting unit.

Fiscal Year 2013 Impairments

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2013, the Company determined that there were indicators of potential impairment of intangibles with indefinite lives. These indicators included a decline in revenue, earnings, and cash flows from historical levels coupled with a change in the manner that one of its trade names would be used prospectively and uncertainty surrounding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The fair value of indefinite-lived intangibles, both trade names and symbols, was estimated by using a relief from royalty method (a discounted cash flow methodology). Significant assumptions under this method include royalty rates and the discount rate. Royalty rates ranging from 2% to 20% were utilized for trade names and a rate of 8% coupled with a fixed rate per device was utilized for symbols. The Company utilized a discount rate of 16.5% for both trade names and symbols. The Company determined that an impairment had occurred for the trade names and an impairment loss of $1.9 million was recorded which was equal to the excess of the carrying value over the fair value. Additionally, the Company determined that one of the indefinite-lived trade names had a finite life due to the refinement of a business strategy. The finite-lived intangible asset will be amortized over one year.

 

29


Table of Contents

In accordance with its policy of conducting its annual impairment test of intangibles with indefinite lives as well as giving consideration to the impairment indicators mentioned above, the Company performed the test for recoverability of the indefinite-lived asset group to be held, and used, as of June 28, 2013. The fair value of the indefinite-lived intangibles, both trade names and symbols, was estimated using a relief from royalty method (a discounted cash flow methodology). Significant assumptions under this method include royalty rates and the discount rate. Royalty rates ranging from 2% to 20% were utilized for trade names and a rate of 8% coupled with a fixed rate device was utilized for symbols. The Company utilized a discount rate of 25% for both trade names and symbols. The Company determined that the fair value of symbols significantly exceeded its carrying value and no impairment charge was necessary. The Company determined that an impairment had occurred for the symbols and trade names and an impairment loss of $3.5 million and $2.1 million was recorded, respectively, which was equal to the excess of the carrying value over the fair value.

Fiscal Year 2012 Impairments

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2012 the Company determined there were indicators of potential impairment of goodwill and intangibles due to a combination of a significant decline in the Company’s market capitalization during the period (market capitalization was approximately $91.8 million as of March 30, 2012 compared to approximately $223.6 million as of July 1, 2011) and a continued decline in net sales during the third quarter of fiscal year 2012 (net sales declined 16.2% as compared to the third quarter of fiscal year 2011). In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012 the Company noted additional impairment indicators due to the continued softening of demand beyond our expectations for the Company’s products in what historically has been the Company’s highest sales quarter during the year (net sales declined 26.1% as compared to the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011), as well as the refinement of certain business strategies in connection with the Company’s new Chief Executive Officer.

The determination of whether any impairment of goodwill exists is based upon a two-step process. In step one of the analysis, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared to the unit’s carrying value, including goodwill, to determine if there is a potential impairment. If the fair value exceeds the carrying amount, the goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired and no further analysis or action is required. If the analysis in step one indicates that the carrying value exceeds the fair value, step two of the test is performed to determine the amount of goodwill impairment loss, if any.

In step two of the test, the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill is compared to the carrying amount of that goodwill. The implied fair value of the goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination is determined. That is, the fair value of a reporting unit is allocated to all the assets and liabilities of that reporting unit, including unrecognized intangible assets as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the price paid to acquire the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of that goodwill.

The Company’s estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit utilizes a weighted average of the following income and market approaches.

 

  (1) Income Approach: This income approach is based on the Company’s projected future cash flows. The estimated cash flows are discounted to present value using a weighted-average cost of capital that considers the timing and risk of the future cash flows. The discounted cash flows are used to estimate the total fair value of the Company. The significant assumptions under this approach include revenue and cost projections to arrive at cash flows over a projection period, a terminal growth rate that is applied to cash flows beyond the projection period, and the weighted-average cost of capital used to discount the expected cash flows.

 

  (2) Guideline Market Approach: This market approach examines the cash flows of comparable companies observed in the market. Cash flows are measured over various time periods (i.e. last twelve months or projected periods) and compared to the total market value of invested capital to arrive at multiples of cash flows. The multiples are then risk-adjusted to consider the Company’s size relative to the comparable companies. The comparable company multiples are then applied to the Company’s cash flows to estimate the fair value of the Company. The significant assumptions under this approach include the selection of comparable companies, the selection of time periods, and risk adjustment factors applied to the multiples.

 

  (3) Market Capitalization Approach: This market approach is based on the Company’s aggregate fair value as determined by the number of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock equivalents and the market price per share of common stock. The significant assumption under this approach is the Company’s determination that it has one reporting unit to which the aggregate fair value is allocated.

In determining the estimated fair value of the reporting unit the Company used a weighting of 25% for the Income Approach, 25% for the Guideline Market Approach, and 50% for the Market Capitalization Approach. As a result, the Company determined that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeded its fair value and conducted a step two analysis. As a result of our step two analysis, we recorded a full impairment loss on our goodwill of $60.8 million during the third quarter of fiscal year 2012. The loss was recorded as an impairment loss on the Company’s statement of operations.

 

30


Table of Contents

Key assumptions utilized by management have a significant effect on the determination of the impairment loss. Key assumptions used in the valuation of our goodwill included a weighted-average cost of capital of 12.0% and multiples applied to cash flows ranging from 6.0 to 7.0.

As a result of the impairment indicators, the Company also conducted impairment testing of its finite-lived and indefinite-lived intangible assets as of March 30, 2012 and of its finite-lived intangible assets as of June 29, 2012. Impairment testing of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible was also conducted as of June 29, 2012 in accordance with its policy. The test for recoverability of a definite-lived asset group to be held, and used, is performed by comparing the carrying amount of the assets to the sum of the estimated future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. In estimating the future undiscounted cash flows, the Company used projections of cash flows directly associated with, and which are expected to arise as a direct result of, the use and eventual disposition of the assets. The significant assumptions under this method include revenue and cost projections to arrive at cash flows over a projection period. The Company performed tests as of March 30, 2012 and again as of June 29, 2012 for each asset grouping and determined that impairment had occurred as of both dates and impairment losses of $1.3 million and $1.5 million, respectively, were recorded equal to the excess of the carrying value over the fair value as of each date. The finite-lived assets impaired related to commercial computer software and acquired patent technology. The losses were recorded as an impairment loss on the Company’s statement of operations.

The test for recoverability of an indefinite-lived asset group to be held, and used, is performed by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to the fair value. The fair value of indefinite-lived intangibles, both trade names and symbols, was estimated by using a relief from royalty method (a discounted cash flow methodology). Significant assumptions under this method include royalty rates and the discount rate. Royalty rates ranging from 2% to 20% were utilized for trade names and a rate of 8% coupled with a fixed rate per device was utilized for symbols. The Company utilized discount rates of 13.0% and 16.5% as of March 30, 2012 and June 29, 2012, respectively, for both trade names and symbols. The change in discount rates was primarily a result of risk associated with financial projections based on certain refined unproven business strategies. The Company determined that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangibles exceeded its carrying value as of March 30, 2012 and no impairment charge was necessary. As of June 29, 2012, the Company determined that the fair value of symbols significantly exceeded its carrying value and no impairment charge was necessary. The Company determined, as of June 29, 2012, that an impairment had occurred for the trade names and an impairment loss of $3.3 million was recorded which was equal to the excess of the carrying value over the fair value.

Equity-Based Compensation

We estimate the grant date fair value of stock options for our Class A common stock using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Significant assumptions we use in the model are: (i) an expected dividend yield of 0% based on our expectation of not paying dividends for the foreseeable future; (ii) the expected volatility based on the historical volatility of our Class A common stock; (iii) a risk-free interest rate based on the U.S, Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant; and (iv) a weighted-average expected term using the “simplified method”. The “simplified method” calculates the expected term as the average of the vesting term and original contractual term of the options.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists primarily of interest on borrowings under our credit facilities.

Other Income (Expense) – net

Other income (expense) – net in fiscal year 2013 consists primarily of changes to the payable to related parties pursuant to the tax receivable agreement primarily as a result of change in estimates.

Income Taxes

We are subject to entity level taxation in certain states, and certain domestic and foreign subsidiaries are subject to entity level U.S. and foreign income taxes. In addition, DynaVox Inc. is subject to U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income taxes with respect to its allocable share of any taxable income of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC and is taxed at the prevailing corporate tax rates. During fiscal year 2013, the Company recorded a substantial valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets related to DynaVox Inc. for $50.7 million as it was determined that it was more likely than not that the tax benefits would not be realized.

 

31


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA represents income (loss) before income taxes, interest income, interest expense, impairment loss, depreciation, amortization and other adjustments noted in the table below. We present Adjusted EBITDA because:

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA is used by management in managing our business as an indicator of our operating performance;

 

   

our compliance with certain covenants in our credit agreement is measured based on Adjusted EBITDA; and

 

   

targets for Adjusted EBITDA are among the measures we use to evaluate our management’s performance for purposes of determining their compensation under our management incentive bonus plan.

Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA principally as a measure of our operating performance and believes that Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors because it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of the operating performance of companies in industries similar to ours. We also believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to our management and investors as a measure of comparative operating performance from period to period. Our management also uses Adjusted EBITDA for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget and financial projections. Adjusted EBITDA, however, does not represent and should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss) or cash flow from operating activities, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and our calculations thereof may not be comparable to similarly entitled measures reported by other companies. Although we use Adjusted EBITDA as a measure to assess the operating performance of our business, Adjusted EBITDA has significant limitations as an analytical tool because it excludes certain material costs. For example, it does not include interest expense, which has been a necessary element of our costs. Because we use capital assets, depreciation expense is a necessary element of our costs and ability to generate revenue. In addition, the omission of the substantial amortization expense associated with our intangible assets or any impairment loss further limits the usefulness of this measure. Adjusted EBITDA also does not include the payment of taxes, which is also a necessary element of our operations. Adjusted EBITDA also does not include expenses incurred in connection with equity-based compensation to our employees, certain costs relating to restructuring and acquisitions and debt refinancing fees. Because Adjusted EBITDA does not account for these expenses, its utility as a measure of our operating performance has material limitations. Because of these limitations management does not view Adjusted EBITDA in isolation or as a primary performance measure and also uses other measures, such as net income (loss), net sales, gross profit and income from operations, to measure operating performance.

 

32


Table of Contents

Non-Controlling Interest

The Company is the sole managing member of, and has a controlling equity interest in, DynaVox Holdings. After the effective date of the registration statement for our IPO, but prior to the completion of the IPO, the limited liability company agreement of DynaVox Holdings was amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure by replacing the different classes of interests previously held by the DynaVox Holdings owners to a single new class of units (the “Holdings Units”.) In addition, each holder of Holdings Units received one share of the Company’s Class B common stock. DynaVox Inc. and the DynaVox Holdings owners also entered into an exchange agreement under which (subject to certain of its terms) the holders of Holdings Units have the right to exchange their Holdings Units for shares of the Company’s Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications.

As the sole managing member of DynaVox Holdings, the Company operates and controls all of the business and affairs of DynaVox Holdings and, through DynaVox Holdings and its subsidiaries, conducts our business. The Company consolidates the financial results of DynaVox Holdings and its subsidiaries, and records non-controlling interest for the economic interest in the Company held by the non-controlling unitholders. Non-controlling interest on the consolidated statement of operations represents the portion of earnings or loss attributable to the economic interest in the Company held by the non-controlling unitholders. Non-controlling interest on the consolidated balance sheet represents the portion of net assets of the Company attributable to the non-controlling unitholders, based on the portion of the Holdings Units owned by such unitholders. The non-controlling interest ownership percentage as of June 28, 2013 and June 28, 2012 is calculated as follows:

 

     Non-controlling
Unitholders
Holdings Units
    DynaVox  Inc.
Issued
Common Shares
    Total*  

June 28, 2013

     18,685,958        11,414,269        30,100,227   

June 29, 2012

     18,803,832        11,056,335        29,860,167   

Ownership percentage:

      

June 28, 2013

     62.1     37.9     100.0

June 29, 2012

     63.0     37.0     100.0

 

* Assumes all of the holders of Holdings Units exchange their Holdings Units for shares of the Company’s Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.

 

33


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes key components of our results of operations for all periods presented both in dollars and percentage of net sales. The results of operations and following discussion present statement of operation line items down to income (loss) before income taxes, as well as Adjusted EBITDA.

 

     Results of Operations
(Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands)
                   
     Fifty-Two
Weeks Ended
June 28,
2013
    % of Net
Sales
    Fifty-Two
Weeks  Ended
June 29,
2012
    % of Net
Sales
    Fifty-Two
Weeks  Ended
July 1, 2011
    % of Net
Sales
 
    

(unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Net Sales

   $ 64,953        100.0   $ 97,318        100.0   $ 108,103        100.0

Costs of goods sold

     19,021        29.3     27,563        28.3     32,251        29.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     45,932        70.7     69,755        71.7     75,852        70.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Expenses:

            

Selling and marketing

     23,018        35.4     34,048        35.0     35,567        32.9

Research and development

     6,761        10.4     7,126        7.3     9,888        9.1

General and administrative

     16,470        25.4     18,816        19.3     18,480        17.1

Amortization of certain intangibles

     765        1.2     405        0.4     445        0.4

Impairment loss

     7,594        11.7     66,901        68.7     1,262        1.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     54,608        84.1     127,296        130.8     65,642        60.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (8,676     (13.4 )%      (57,541     (59.1 )%      10,210        9.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Income (Expense):

            

Interest income

     38        0.1     28        0.0     36        0.0

Interest expense

     (1,998     (3.1 )%      (2,288     (2.4 )%      (2,650     (2.5 )% 

Change in fair value and net loss on interest rate swap agreements

     0        0.0     —          0.0     (81     (0.1 )% 

Other income (expense) — net

     44,351        68.3     (134     (0.1 )%      513        0.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense) — net

     42,391        65.3     (2,394     (2.5 )%      (2,182     (2.0 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 33,715        51.9   $ (59,935     (61.6 )%    $ 8,028        7.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

34


Table of Contents
     Fifty-Two Weeks Ended  
     June 28,
2013
     June 29,
2012
     July 1,
2011
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Other Financial Data

        

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

   $ 5,066       $ 16,767       $ 19,273   

 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA represents income (loss) before income taxes, interest income, interest expense, impairment loss, depreciation, amortization and the other adjustments noted in the table below.

 

     Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation  
     Fifty-Two Weeks Ended  
     June 28,
2013
(Unaudited)
    June 29,
2012
(Unaudited)
    July 1,
2011
(Unaudited)
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 33,715      $ (59,935   $ 8,028   

Depreciation

     1,931        2,985        3,377   

Amortization of certain intangibles

     1,242        854        981   

Interest income

     (38     (28     (36

Interest expense

     1,998        2,288        2,650   

Change in fair value and net loss on interest rate swap agreements

     0        0        81   

Other expense (income), net (1)

     61        65        (530

Equity-based compensation

     1,381        2,137        2,124   

Employee severance and other costs

     1,520        1,427        397   

Acquisition cost

     0        0        277   

Impairment loss (2)

     7,594        66,901        1,262   

Tax receivable agreement (3)

     (44,459     0        0   

Other adjustments (4)

     121        73        662   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 5,066      $ 16,767      $ 19,273   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes realized foreign currency gains or losses.
(2) See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations— Components of Results of Operations—Operating Expenses—Impairment Loss” for explanation.
(3) Includes other expense (income), net recognized as a result of changes to the estimated amounts payable to related parties pursuant to the tax receivable agreement.
(4) Includes certain amounts related to other taxes, relocation and other costs.

Fiscal Year 2013 Compared to Fiscal Year 2012

Net Sales

Net sales decreased 33.3%, or $32.4 million, to $65.0 million for fiscal year 2013 from $97.3 million for fiscal year 2012. The decrease in device sales was $27.5 million, or 33.7%, and software sales decreased $4.8 million, or 31.1%, in fiscal year 2013 compared to fiscal year 2012. Software sales for fiscal year 2012 included a large international order of approximately $1.4 million. Excluding the large international order, overall net sales and software sales decreased $31.0 million and $3.4 million, or 32.3% and 24.3%, respectively. As previously disclosed, we continued to experience a softening of demand for both our speech generating devices and software products that began in fiscal year 2011. We believe that reduced domestic government funding since the beginning of fiscal year 2011, and particularly more constrained state and local government funding of school budgets, together with technology advances such as tablet computers have adversely affected our product sales in the United States during this time period.

Also, beginning in the second quarter of fiscal year 2012, we experienced a funding shift, as an alternative payor in a certain geographic region elected to discontinue its role as primary payor for speech generating devices and assumed the role of secondary payor behind other third party payors, such as Medicare, Medicaid and private insurance. We recorded

 

35


Table of Contents

approximately $3.4 million less in net device sales in fiscal year 2013 as compared to fiscal year 2012 from this funding source and other third party payors in the same geographic region. Our expectation is that we will continue to supply a portion of patients impacted by the funding shift with devices in the future through other third party payors, which historically have averaged between three and six months for final authorization compared to approximately 30 days for this specific alternative payor and which may have different reimbursement guidelines than this specific alternative payor.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit decreased 34.2%, or $23.9 million, to $45.9 million for fiscal year 2013 from $69.8 million for fiscal year 2012. The $23.9 million decrease in gross profit was due mainly to lower device sales of $27.5 million and lower education software sales of $4.8 million. Gross margin decreased 100 basis points to 70.7% for fiscal year 2013 from 71.7% for fiscal year 2012. Gross margin decreased primarily as a result of lower volume and product mix slightly offset by a decrease in royalties and personnel costs and a favorable impact in fiscal year 2013 from a product liability matter.

Operating Expenses

Selling and Marketing. Selling and marketing expenses decreased 32.4%, to $23.0 million for fiscal year 2013 from $34.0 million for fiscal year 2012. The $11.0 million net decrease reflected approximately $3.9 million of lower wages and benefits, $1.9 million of lower variable compensation, $2.6 million of lower advertising expense, $0.9 million of lower sales-related travel expenses as well as $0.5 million lower consulting expense and $0.4 million lower depreciation expense. The lower advertising expense reflects a $1.9 million reduction for a direct to consumer marketing initiative that we discontinued at the beginning of fiscal year 2013. Selling and marketing expenses totaled 35.4% and 35.0% of net sales for fiscal years 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses decreased 5.1%, or $0.3 million, to $6.8 million for fiscal year 2013 from $7.1 million for fiscal year 2012. This net decrease was due primarily to reduced consulting expenses. Research and development expenses totaled 10.4% and 7.3% of net sales for fiscal years 2013 and 2012, respectively.

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses decreased 12.5%, or $2.3 million, to $16.5 million for fiscal year 2013 from $18.8 million for fiscal year 2012. The net decrease was due mainly to $0.6 million of lower bad debt expense, $0.7 of lower wages and benefits, $0.8 million of lower equity-based compensation and $0.8 million of lower employee severance offset to some degree by $0.5 million of higher outside professional fees. Depreciation expense decreased $0.5 million. These costs as a percentage of net sales were 25.4 % and 19.3% for fiscal years 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Amortization of Certain Intangibles. Amortization of certain intangibles increased $0.4 million to $0.8 million for fiscal year 2013 from $0.4 million for fiscal year 2012. The increase was primarily a result of the estimated useful lives of acquired patent and certain software intangible assets being revised downward as of June 29, 2012, and the reclassification of an indefinite-lived trade name intangible asset to a finite-lived intangible asset as of March 29, 2013, offset partially by impairment charges in fiscal year 2012 related to certain finite-lived intangible assets.

Impairment Loss. The impairment loss of $7.6 million for fiscal year 2013 was the result of a $7.5 million impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets and $0.1 million of impairment related to the abandonment of certain leasehold improvements. The impairment loss of $66.9 million for fiscal year 2012 was the result of a $60.8 million impairment of goodwill, $2.8 million of impairment related to definite-lived intangibles and $3.3 million of impairment related to indefinite-lived intangibles.

Loss From Operations. Loss from operations was $8.7 million for fiscal year 2013 compared to $57.5 million for fiscal year 2012. The change in loss from operations was due to the reasons discussed above.

Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $0.3 million to $2.0 million for fiscal year 2013 from $2.3 million for fiscal year 2013 primarily as a result of a voluntary prepayment of $6.0 million made in the first quarter of fiscal year 2013.

Other Income (Expense) – net. Other income –net was $44.4 million for fiscal year 2013 compared to other expense-net of $0.1 million for fiscal year 2012. The increase was the result of a $43.9 million change in the estimated payable to related parties pursuant to the tax receivable agreement in connection with recording a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets of $50.7 million. Additionally, there was $0.6 million of other income recorded related to a decrease in the payable to related parties pursuant to the tax receivable agreement related to a change in a state deferred tax rate.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit). Income tax expense was $49.7 million for fiscal year 2013 compared to an income tax benefit of $3.6 million for fiscal year 2012. The change was primarily the result of a $50.5 million valuation allowance recorded on deferred tax assets during fiscal year 2013 coupled with a tax benefit of $3.6 million recorded during fiscal year 2012 related to a $59.9 million loss before income taxes.

 

36


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA decreased $11.7 million to $5.1 million for fiscal year 2013 compared to $16.8 million for fiscal year 2012. The $11.7 million decrease was primarily a net result of the $32.4 million decrease in net sales, a $8.5 million reduction in cost of goods sold and $13.4 million of lower operating expenses after adjusting for impairment losses in each period. Adjusted EBITDA represents income (loss) before income taxes, interest income, interest expense, impairment loss, depreciation, amortization and the other adjustments noted in the table above.

Fiscal Year 2012 Compared to Fiscal Year 2011

Net Sales

Net sales decreased 10.0%, or $10.8 million, to $97.3 million for fiscal year 2012 from $108.1 million for fiscal year 2011. The decrease in device sales was $5.6 million, or 6.5%, and software sales decreased $5.1 million, or 24.8%, in fiscal year 2012 compared to fiscal year 2011. As previously disclosed, we experienced a softening of demand, as compared to our previous historical growth rates, for both our speech generating devices and software products beginning in fiscal year 2011. This softening of demand continued in fiscal year 2012. We believe that reduced domestic government funding, and particularly more constrained state and local government funding of school budgets, has adversely affected our product sales in the United States during this time period. We also believe that constraints in government spending in the Company’s key international markets, including Germany and the United Kingdom, had a similar effect on our product sales in those regions for fiscal year 2012 as compared to fiscal year 2011.

During fiscal year 2012 we experienced a funding shift, as a large alternative payor in a certain geographic region elected to discontinue its role as primary payor for speech generating devices and assumed the role of secondary payor behind other third party payors, such as Medicare, Medicaid and private insurance. As a result of the funding shift, which began in the second quarter of fiscal year 2012, we recorded approximately $5.3 million less in net device sales in fiscal year 2012 as compared to fiscal year 2011 from this funding source and other third party payors in the same geographic region. Our expectation is that we will continue to supply a portion of patients impacted by the funding shift with devices in the future through other third party payors, which historically have averaged between three and six months for final authorization compared to approximately 30 days for this specific alternative payor and which may have different reimbursement guidelines than this specific alternative payor.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit decreased 8.0%, or $6.1 million, to $69.8 million for fiscal year 2012 from $75.9 million for fiscal year 2011. The $6.1 million decrease in gross profit was due mainly to lower sales of $10.8 million. Gross margin increased 150 basis points to 71.7% for fiscal year 2012 from 70.2% for fiscal year 2011. The improved gross margin was primarily a result of a fiscal year 2011 inventory obsolescence charge of approximately $0.5 million and lower device royalty costs relating primarily to our EyeMax product in fiscal year 2012.

Operating Expenses

Selling and Marketing. Selling and marketing expenses decreased 4.3%, to $34.0 million for fiscal year 2012 from $35.6 million for fiscal year 2011. The $1.5 million net decrease reflected approximately $1.4 million of lower headcount costs, $0.5 million of lower variable compensation, $0.4 million of less trade show costs and lower other selling costs of $0.5 million offset to some degree by $1.3 million of higher marketing costs. The $1.4 million decrease in headcount cost was caused primarily as a result of lower sales and marketing staffing during fiscal year 2012 as compared to fiscal year 2011. The decrease in variable compensation was primarily a result of the 10.0% lower net sales in fiscal year 2012 compared to fiscal year 2011. The $1.3 million of higher marketing costs was primarily an increase in expense for a direct to consumer marketing initiative undertaken by the Company beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011 and concluding at the end of fiscal year 2012. Selling and marketing expenses totaled 35.0% and 32.9% of net sales for fiscal years 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses decreased 27.9%, or $2.8 million, to $7.1 million for fiscal year 2012 from $9.9 million for fiscal year 2011. This net decrease was due primarily to a $2.6 million reduction in both internal and external development resources as development requirements retracted subsequent to the launch of our Maestro device in October 2010. Research and development expenses totaled 7.3% and 9.1% of net sales for fiscal years 2012 and 2011, respectively.

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses increased 1.8%, or $0.3 million, to $18.8 million for fiscal year 2012 from $18.5 million for fiscal year 2011. The net increase was due mainly to $0.8 million of higher bad debt expense and $0.8 million of additional employee severance offset to some degree by $0.9 million of lower outside professional fees. These costs as a percentage of net sales were 19.3% and 17.1% for fiscal years 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

37


Table of Contents

Amortization of Certain Intangibles. Amortization of certain intangibles remained relatively consistent at $0.4 million for fiscal year 2012 compared to fiscal year 2011.

Impairment Loss. The impairment loss of $66.9 million for fiscal year 2012 was the result of a $60.8 million impairment of goodwill, $2.8 million of impairment related to definite-lived intangibles and $3.3 million of impairment related to indefinite-lived intangibles. The impairment loss of $1.3 million for fiscal year 2011 was the result of an impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets, finite-lived intangible assets, fixed assets and certain previously capitalized patent related costs.

(Loss) Income From Operations. Loss from operations was $57.5 million for fiscal year 2012 compared to income from operations of $10.2 million for fiscal year 2011. The change in (loss) income from operations was due to the reasons discussed above.

Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $0.4 million to $2.3 million for fiscal year 2012 from $2.7 million for fiscal year 2011 primarily as a result of $8.9 million in voluntary debt repayments in fiscal year 2011 and $3.1 million of regularly schedule debt repayments in fiscal year 2011.

Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA decreased $2.5 million to $16.8 million for fiscal year 2012 compared to $19.3 million for fiscal year 2011. The $2.5 million decrease was primarily a net result of the $10.8 million decrease in net sales, a $4.7 million reduction in cost of goods sold and $4.0 million of lower operating expenses after adjusting for impairment losses in each period. Adjusted EBITDA represents income (loss) before income taxes, interest income, interest expense, impairment loss, depreciation, amortization and the other adjustments noted in the table above.

 

38


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The primary sources of cash are existing cash and cash equivalents and cash flow from operations.

 

     As of  
     June 28,
2013
     June 29,
2012
     July 1,
2011
 
     (Amounts in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,101       $ 17,944       $ 12,171   

Revolving loan availability

     N/A       $ 12,925       $ 12,925   

The Company has been in violation of the Net Senior Debt to EBITDA financial covenant under its 2008 Credit Facility since March 29, 2013 and has received a Default Notice dated April 4, 2013 from GE Business Financial Services Inc., as the Lenders Agent. The Default Notice states that the lenders are not required to make further loans or incur further obligations under the revolving loan portion of the 2008 Credit Facility and are entitled to exercise any and all default-related rights and remedies under the 2008 Credit Facility. Our lenders required us to engage a Chief Restructuring Officer effective June 14, 2013.

As of June 28, 2013, we had approximately $15.2 million in short-term debt due under the 2008 Credit Facility. We do not currently have sufficient cash to repay this indebtedness. The report of our independent registered public accounting firm includes an explanatory paragraph concerning conditions that raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, and there is no guarantee that we will be able to continue to operate our business. Effective as of July 29, 2013 we entered into the Forbearance Agreement whereby our senior secured lenders, among other things, agreed to forbear from exercising their rights and remedies under the 2008 Credit Facility based on defaults thereunder until October 31, 2013. Effective as of October 21, 2013, our senior secured creditors agreed to extend the October 31, 2013 termination date to December 6, 2013 based on the progress that we have made in our efforts to develop a strategic alternative. Upon termination of, or default under, the Forbearance Agreement, the 2008 Credit Facility provides that our senior secured lenders can exercise any and all rights and remedies available to them, including that the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding principal amount under the 2008 Credit Facility can accelerate our obligations under the 2008 Credit Facility and require payment of the full outstanding principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. As part of the Forbearance Agreement the interest rate on our debt was increased to the default rate, which is our current interest rate plus 2% effective from and after April 4, 2013. Since the July 29, 2013 effective date of the Forbearance Agreement we have repaid $1.3 million of the outstanding debt under the 2008 Credit Facility, reducing the outstanding balance from $15.2 million as of June 28, 2013 to $14.0 million as of the date of this report. An additional $0.2 million repayment is due on or before December 1, 2013.

The Forbearance Agreement required us to enter into an expedited process to evaluate strategic alternatives, including identifying and evaluating potential business combination transactions and refinancing structures. On July 29, 2013 we announced we had engaged an international firm providing financial advisory and strategy consulting services to advise the Company on strategic alternatives, including identifying and evaluating potential business combination transactions and refinancing structures. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on our ability to successfully execute a strategic alternative such as a business combination or a refinancing of the amounts due under the 2008 Credit Facility. If we are unable to either complete a business combination or refinance the amounts due under the 2008 Credit Facility by December 6, 2013 then our senior secured lenders could exercise their rights and remedies thereunder, including accelerating the debt, which would require us to repay immediately up to approximately $13.8 million to such lenders. We do not currently have sufficient cash to repay this indebtedness. The inability to refinance or restructure our debt would have a material adverse effect on the solvency of the Company and our ability to continue as a going concern. If our lenders exercised their rights and remedies as described herein, then the proceeds of the assets constituting their collateral could be insufficient to repay the indebtedness owed to them in full, and therefore holders of our Class A common stock could lose their entire investment. Under these circumstances we may be unable to continue operating as a going concern. In addition, the presence of the going concern explanatory paragraph may have an adverse impact on our relationship with third parties with whom we do business, including our customers, vendors and employees and could make it challenging and difficult for us to raise additional debt or equity financing to the extent needed, all of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Subsequent to June 28, 2013, and through the date of this report, we have incurred approximately $2.5 million of costs associated with the expedited process to evaluate strategic alternatives. These costs include fees for outside professionals including our Chief Restructuring Officer, investment banker and legal counsel. Our primary cash needs are to fund normal working capital requirements, capital expenditures, repay our indebtedness (interest and principal payments) and for tax distributions to members, including any payments made under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

 

39


Table of Contents

While we believe that our current cash resources, together with anticipated revenues from product sales, would be sufficient to fund our operations, they are not sufficient to fund our operations, the expenses associated with the expedited process to evaluate strategic alternatives and full repayment of the outstanding principal under the 2008 Credit Facility.

The Company financed its working capital needs, planned capital expenditures, debt repayments and tax distributions to members, including any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, through a combination of existing cash and cash equivalents, net cash provided by operating activities and availability under our senior credit facility, of which $15.2 million was outstanding at June 28, 2013. Prior to the violation of the Net Senior Debt to EBITDA financial covenant as of March 29, 2013, the scheduled payments under the senior credit facility required the Company to pay $0.8 million on September 30, 2013 and three equal quarterly installments of $8.1 million beginning on December 31, 2013. The senior credit facility requires the Company to comply with certain covenants, including a covenant of Net Senior Debt to Adjusted EBITDA, which the Company has defaulted on as of March 29, 2013. The 2008 Credit Facility provides the Company the ability to prepay at any time, without penalty, and at its discretion for any reason, including maintaining compliance with covenants, and reducing the outstanding debt in direct order of maturity. During fiscal year 2013, the Company made a prepayment of $6.0 million.

All obligations under the 2008 Credit Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by the immediate holding Company parent of DynaVox Systems LLC and each of DynaVox Systems LLC’s existing and future wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. The 2008 Credit Facility and the related guarantees are secured by substantially all of DynaVox Systems LLC’s present and future assets and all present and future assets of each guarantor on a first lien basis. In the event of an acceleration of our obligations and our failure to pay the amount that would then become due, the holders of the 2008 Credit Facility could seek to foreclose on our assets, as a result of which we would likely need to seek protection under the provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. In that event, we could seek to reorganize our business or attempt to sell our business/assets as a going concern. The Company could also be forced into a chapter 7 liquidation, under which a chapter 7 trustee could be required to liquidate our assets. In any of these events, whether the stockholders receive any value for their shares is highly uncertain. If we needed to liquidate our assets, we might realize significantly less from them than the value that could be obtained in a transaction outside of a bankruptcy proceeding. The funds resulting from the liquidation of our assets would be used first to pay off the debt owed to secured and unsecured creditors, including the lenders under the 2008 Credit Facility, before any funds would be available to pay our stockholders. If we are required to liquidate under the federal bankruptcy laws, it is unlikely that stockholders would receive any value for their shares.

Our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern; however, our default under the 2008 Credit Facility, the continuing decline of our operating performance and cash flows and our lack of access to debt and equity capital raise substantial doubt about our ability to do so. Other than described above, our financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result should we be unable to continue as a going concern.

The inability to refinance or restructure our debt would have a material adverse effect on the solvency of the Company and our ability to continue as a going concern. See “Part I – Item 1A – Risk Factors – We are in default under our 2008 Credit Facility with our senior secured lenders, which defaults are addressed in a certain Forbearance Agreement and Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2013, as amended (the “Forbearance Agreement”). The Forbearance Agreement currently expires on December 6, 2013, at which time our senior secured lenders can accelerate the obligations owed under our credit agreement and exercise their rights and remedies in connection therewith. In addition, our senior secured lenders have the right, under the Forbearance Agreement, to accelerate our obligations under the credit agreement prior to December 6, 2013 if we default under or otherwise violate the provisions of the Forbearance Agreement. There is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern and holders of our Class A common stock could lose their entire investment.”

We may require additional liquidity as we continue to execute our business strategy, which may not be available to us.

 

40


Table of Contents

As part of the IPO and related transactions, we entered into a tax receivable agreement with the DynaVox Holdings and subsidiaries owners that provides for the payment from time to time by DynaVox Inc. to the DynaVox Holdings owners of 85% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that DynaVox Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of (i) the existing tax basis in the intangible assets of DynaVox Holdings on the date of the IPO, (ii) an increase in the tax basis of the assets of DynaVox Holdings that otherwise would not have been available, and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. These payment obligations are obligations of DynaVox Inc. and not of DynaVox Holdings. For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, the benefit deemed realized by DynaVox Inc. will be computed by comparing the actual income tax liability of DynaVox Inc. (calculated with certain assumptions) to the amount of such taxes that DynaVox Inc. would have been required to pay had there been no increase to the tax basis of the assets of DynaVox Holdings as a result of the purchase or exchanges, had there been no tax benefit from the tax basis in the intangible assets of DynaVox Holdings on the date of the IPO and had DynaVox Inc. not entered into the tax receivable agreement. Effective October 18, 2013, the tax receivable agreement was amended so that the agreement will terminate with no further obligations owed by DynaVox Inc. to its pre-IPO owners upon a change in control other than a liquidation or dissolution of the Company. If there is no change in control, the term of the tax receivable agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless DynaVox Inc. exercises its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement for an amount based on the agreed payments remaining to be made under the agreement or DynaVox Inc. breaches any of its material obligations under the tax receivable agreement in which case all obligations will generally be accelerated and due as if DynaVox Inc. had exercised its right to terminate the agreement.

Cash Flow

A summary of cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated are shown in the following table:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 28,
2013
    June 29,
2012
    July 1,
2011
 
     (Amounts in thousands)  

Cash flow summary

      

Provided by operating activities

   $ 5,187      $ 15,635      $ 11,829   

Used in investing activities

     (402     (461     (3,196

Used in financing activities

     (17,571     (9,293     (17,326

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     (57     (108     87   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Decrease in cash

   $ (12,843   $ 5,773      $ (8,606
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

Our operations consist of all the activities required to provide products to our customers. The net cash provided by these activities is dependent upon the timing of receipt of payment from our private pay and publicly funded customers and the timing of payment to our vendors, employees, taxing authorities and landlords, among others.

 

41


Table of Contents

The principal factors impacting net cash provided by or used in operating activities are the operation of our business and the management of our working capital as shown below for the fiscal years ended June 28, 2013, June 29, 2012, and July 1, 2011:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 28,
2013
    June 29,
2012
    July 1,
2011
 
     (Amounts in thousands)  

Operating activities

      

Net income (loss)

   $ (15,950   $ (56,330   $ 6,667   

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     3,853        4,519        5,016   

Equity-based compensation expense

     1,381        2,137        2,124   

Change in fair value of interest rate swaps

     0        0        (631

Bad debt expense

     2,125        2,730        1,869   

Change in fair value of acquisition contingencies

     10        32        (259

Deferred taxes

     49,503        (3,788     956   

Change in payable to related parties pursuant to tax receivable agreement

     (44,459     0        0   

Gain (loss) on disposal of assets

     60        24        0   

Impairment loss

     7,594        66,901        1,262   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     4,117        16,225        17,004   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

     1,070        (590     (5,175
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 5,187      $ 15,635      $ 11,829   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The most significant components of changes in assets and liabilities are trade receivables, inventories, trade accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities, and the tax receivable agreement as shown below:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 28,
2013
    June 29,
2012
    July 1,
2011
 
     (Amounts in thousands)  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Trade receivables

   $ 3,645      $ 1,147      $ (2,589

Inventories

     2,932        (525     1,931   

Trade accounts payable

     (1,990     (1,711     1,387   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (2,062     234        (4,429

Tax receivable agreement

     (552     (129     (1,135

Other

     (903     394        (340
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

   $ 1,070      $ (590   $ (5,175
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

42


Table of Contents

Our net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal year 2013 was $5.2 million compared to $15.6 million in fiscal year 2012. The $10.4 million decrease consisted primarily of $20.0 million of lower net income (after adjusting for depreciation, amortization, equity-based compensation expense and impairment losses in both periods) and a $0.9 million decrease in bad debt expense, partially offset by a favorable change in the net components of operating assets and liabilities of $1.7 million and a favorable change in deferred taxes and change in the payable related to the tax receivable agreement of $8.8 million.

Our net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal year 2012 was $15.6 million compared to $11.8 million in fiscal year 2011. The $3.8 million increase consisted primarily of $2.1million of higher net income (after adjusting for depreciation, amortization and impairment losses in both periods), a $0.9 million increase in bad debt expense and a favorable change in the net components of operating assets and liabilities of $4.6 million, partially offset by an unfavorable change in deferred taxes of $4.8 million. Favorable changes in the fair values of interest rate swaps and acquisition contingencies totaling $0.9 million contributed to the increase.

Investing Activities

Investing activities for the for the fiscal years ended June 28, 2013, June 29, 2012, and July 1, 2011 consisted mainly of capital expenditures.

 

     Year Ended  
     June 28,
2013
    June 29,
2012
    July 1,
2011
 
     (Amounts in thousands)  

Investing activities

      

Capital expenditures

   $ (418   $ (541   $ (3,205

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     16        80        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   $ (402   $ (461   $ (3,196
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $0.4 million in fiscal year 2013 compared to $0.5 million in fiscal year 2012 and compared to $3.2 million in fiscal year 2011. The $2.7 million decrease from fiscal year 2011 to fiscal year 2012 and fiscal year 2013 consisted mainly of a reduction in the purchase of speech generating devices to be used primarily as demonstration devices by our sales personnel.

Management anticipates that capital expenditures during fiscal year 2014 will range between $0.7 million and $1.5 million.

 

43


Table of Contents

Financing Activities

Cash used in financing activities consist primarily of shareholder distributions, payment of acquisition contingencies and repayments of our outstanding indebtedness.

 

     Year Ended  
     June 28,
2013
    June 29,
2012
    July 1,
2011
 
     (Amounts in thousands)  

Financing activities

      

Net borrowings (repayments) under debt agreements

   $ (15,726   $ (5,000   $ (11,961

Payment on acquisition contingencies

     (270     (1,087     (1,003

Equity distributions

     (1,576     (3,197     (4,185

Deferred financing costs

     0        0        (149

Redemption of management and common units

     1        (9     (28
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

   $ (17,571   $ (9,293   $ (17,326
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities was $17.6 million in fiscal year 2013 compared to $9.3 million in fiscal year 2012. The $8.3 million increase in net cash used in financing activities included $11.0 million more in debt repayments, offset by a $0.3 million increase in short-term note obligations, $0.8 less in payments on acquisition contingencies, and $1.6 million less in equity distributions. We made $16.0 million of the debt repayments in fiscal year 2013 consisting of $6.0 million in the first quarter and $10.0 million in the fourth quarter. The $8.0 million reduction in net cash used in fiscal year 2012 compared to fiscal year 2011included $3.9 million less in voluntary debt repayments and $3.1 million less in regularly schedule debt repayments. Debt repayments in fiscal year 2011 included $1.1 million for a note payable related to an acquisition in 2004. Equity distributions were $1.0 million less in fiscal year 2012 as compared to fiscal year 2011.

Financing Agreements

As discussed above, as of March 29, 2013, we were not in compliance with the Net Senior Debt to EBITDA ratio of our financial covenants contained in our 2008 Credit Facility, as amended. Accordingly, in April 2013, we received a Default Notice that states that the lenders are not required to make further loans or incur further obligations under the revolving loan portion of our 2008 Credit Facility and are entitled to exercise any and all default-related rights and remedies under the agreement. We have, since then, engaged in ongoing discussions with the lenders. As of June 28, 2013, we had approximately $15.2 million in short-term debt due under the 2008 Credit Facility. We do not currently have sufficient cash to repay this indebtedness. As a result of our discussions with the lenders, in July 2013, we entered into a forbearance agreement with them, pursuant to which the lenders agreed to forbear from exercising their default-related rights and remedies under the 2008 Credit Facility until October 31, 2013. Effective October 21, 2013, the October 31, 2013 forbearance agreement termination date was amended to December 6, 2013. Our lenders can accelerate termination of the forbearance agreement upon our violation of certain covenants within the agreement. Upon termination of the forbearance agreement holders of 50% or more of the outstanding principal amount under the 2008 Credit Facility can accelerate our obligations under the agreement and require payment of the full outstanding principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. As part of the forbearance agreement the interest rate on our debt was increased to the default rate of our current rate plus 2% effective April 4, 2013. The current scheduled payments under the Forbearance Agreement, as amended, required the Company to pay $0.3 million on August 1, 2013 and has required the Company to pay $0.2 million each month thereafter, but these payments could be accelerated at any time after December 6, 2013, or sooner if we violate certain covenants within the Forbearance Agreement.

Senior Secured Credit Facility

DynaVox Systems LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC, entered into a third amended and restated senior secured credit facility (2008 Credit Facility), dated as of June 23, 2008, with a syndicate of financial institutions, including GE Business Financial Services Inc. (formerly known as Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc.), as administrative agent. The 2008 Credit Facility, as amended, provides for a $52.0 million term loan facility that matures on June 23, 2014 and originally provided for a revolving credit facility with a $12.9 million aggregate loan commitment amount available as well. As of June 28, 2013, $15.2 million was outstanding under the term loan facility and there were no borrowings outstanding or funds available under the revolving credit facility.

In general, borrowings under the 2008 Credit Facility bear interest, at our option, at either (1) the Base Rate (as defined in the 2008 Credit Facility) plus a margin of between 3.00-3.75% (depending on the ratio of net total debt to Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the 2008 Credit Facility)), or (2) a rate based on LIBOR plus a margin of between 4.00-4.75% (depending on the ratio of net total debt to Adjusted EBITDA). We incur an annual commitment fee of 0.375% or 0.5% (depending on the ratio of net total debt to Adjusted EBITDA) of the unused portion of the revolving credit facility. On April 4, 2013, the Base Rate was increased to the default rate of our current rate plus 2% as a result of our non-compliance with our Net Senior Debt to EBITDA ratio covenant as of March 29, 2013. The default rate is 6.2%.

 

44


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the 2008 Credit Facility, commencing on September 30, 2008 and ending on June 23, 2014, on the last date of each quarter, we are required to repay borrowings under the term loan facility in increasing percentages per year, beginning at 2.5%, with the remaining balance to be repaid on the applicable maturity date. The schedule of payments has changed since the execution of the Forbearance Agreement. If our ratio of net total debt to Adjusted EBITDA as of the end of any fiscal year is greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00, the 2008 Credit Facility requires a mandatory prepayment in an amount equal to between 25.0-75.0% (depending on the ratio of net total debt to Adjusted EBITDA) of Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the credit facility) for such fiscal year. Due to the continued declining operating performance and limited visibility on future liquidity, our Board of Directors determined that, in order to preserve cash, the Company would not make a voluntary prepayment on its outstanding indebtedness under the 2008 Credit Facility that would have been due on or before March 29, 2013 to maintain financial covenant compliance. A voluntary prepayment of $4.0 million would have been required to maintain financial covenant compliance. Accordingly, the Company has been in violation of the Net Senior Debt to EBITDA financial covenant under its 2008 Credit Facility since March 29, 2013 and has received a Default Notice dated April 4, 2013 from GE Business Financial Services Inc., as the Lenders Agent. The Default Notice states that the lenders are not required to make further loans or incur further obligations under the revolving loan portion of the 2008 Credit Facility and are entitled to exercise any and all default-related rights and remedies under the 2008 Credit Facility.

The 2008 Credit Facility requires DynaVox Systems LLC to maintain certain financial ratios at the end of each fiscal quarter. These include a maximum ratio of Net Senior Debt to Adjusted EBITDA for the preceding twelve-month period of 2.00 to 1.00, a maximum ratio of net total debt to Adjusted EBITDA for the preceding twelve-month period of 4.00 to 1.00 and a minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the preceding twelve-month period of 1.30 to 1.00. In addition, the credit facility provides for a maximum amount of Capital Expenditures in each fiscal year. The Capital Expenditures limit for fiscal year 2013 was $12.5 million which included a $5.5 million carryover from the prior fiscal year. As a result of our default, there is no capital expenditure limit for fiscal year 2014.

The ratio of Net Senior Debt to Adjusted EBITDA for a twelve-month period is calculated by dividing Net Senior Debt as of the last day of such twelve-month period (calculated by subtracting the aggregate amount of subordinated debt permitted under the 2008 Credit Facility from net total debt (as defined below)) by Adjusted EBITDA for such twelve-month period. The ratio of net total debt to Adjusted EBITDA for a twelve-month period is calculated by dividing net total debt as of the last day of such twelve-month period by Adjusted EBITDA for such twelve-month period. Net total debt is defined as the sum of the average daily principal balance under the revolving credit facility for the one-month period ending on such date plus the outstanding principal balance of the term loan under the 2008 Credit Facility plus the outstanding principal balance of all other debt. Net total debt may be reduced by up to $5.0 million of cash and cash equivalents. As of June 28, 2013, Net Senior Debt and net total debt were both $10.2 million and Adjusted EBITDA for the twelve-month period then ended was $5.1 million.

The Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is calculated by dividing operating cash flow by the sum of cash interest expense (net of interest income), net cash taxes paid, scheduled principal payments on all debt and restricted cash distributions (which items totaled $3.0 million for the twelve months ended June 28, 2013). Operating cash flow is defined as Adjusted EBITDA for a twelve-month period less any unfinanced capital expenditures for such twelve-month period. Operating cash flow for the twelve months ended June 28, 2013 was $4.7 million.

Capital Expenditures are calculated based on the amount capitalized during the fiscal year less net cash proceeds of asset dispositions or proceeds from property insurance policies received during the fiscal year. Capital Expenditures for the fiscal year 2013, as defined in the agreement, were $0.4 million.

As of June 28, 2013, the ratio of Net Senior Debt to Adjusted EBITDA for the twelve-month period then ended was 2.02 to 1.00, the ratio of net total debt to Adjusted EBITDA for the twelve-month period then ended was 2.02 to 1.00 and the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the twelve-month period then ended was 1.53 to 1.00.

We were in violation of the Net Senior Debt to EBITDA financial covenant at March 29, 2013 (as we were at June 28, 2013 as well), and, accordingly, have received a Default Notice from the Lenders Agent. The Default Notice states that the lenders are not required to make further loans or incur further obligations under the revolving loan portion of the 2008 Credit Facility and are entitled to exercise any and all default-related rights and remedies under the 2008 Credit Facility.

On July 29, 2013 we entered into a forbearance agreement with our lenders whereby our lenders agreed to forbear from exercising their rights and remedies under the 2008 Credit Facility until October 31, 2013. Effective October 21, 2013 the October 31, 2013 forbearance agreement termination date was amended to December 6, 2013. Our lenders can accelerate the termination of the forbearance agreement upon our violation of certain covenants within the agreement. Upon termination of the forbearance agreement holders of 50% or more of the outstanding principal amount under the 2008 Credit Facility can accelerate our obligations under the agreement and require payment of the full outstanding principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. As part of the forbearance agreement the interest rate on our debt was increased to the default rate of our current rate plus 2% effective April 4, 2013.

 

45


Table of Contents

On July 29, 2013, we announced we had engaged an international firm providing financial advisory and strategy consulting services to advise the Company on strategic alternatives, including identifying and evaluating potential business combination transactions and refinancing structures. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on our ability to successfully execute a strategic alternative such as a business combination or a refinancing of the amounts due under the 2008 Credit Facility. If we are unable to either complete a business combination or refinance the amounts due under the 2008 Credit Facility by December 6, 2013 then our senior secured lenders could exercise their rights and remedies thereunder, including accelerating the debt, which would require us to repay immediately up to approximately $13.8 million to such lenders. We do not currently have sufficient cash to repay this indebtedness. The inability to refinance or restructure our debt would have a material adverse effect on the solvency of the Company and our ability to continue as a going concern. If our lenders exercised their rights and remedies as describe herein, then the proceeds of the assets constituting their collateral could be insufficient to repay the indebtedness owed to them in full, and therefore holders of our Class A common stock could lose their entire investment. Under these circumstances we may be unable to continue operating as a going concern. In addition, the presence of the going concern explanatory paragraph may have an adverse impact on our relationship with third parties with whom we do business, including our customers, vendors and employees and could make it challenging and difficult for us to raise additional debt or equity financing to the extent needed, all of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

All obligations under the 2008 Credit Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by the immediate holding Company parent of DynaVox Systems LLC and each of DynaVox Systems LLC’s existing and future wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. The 2008 Credit Facility and the related guarantees are secured by substantially all of DynaVox Systems LLC’s present and future assets and all present and future assets of each guarantor on a first lien basis. In the event of an acceleration of our obligations and our failure to pay the amount that would then become due, the holders of the 2008 Credit Facility could seek to foreclose on our assets, as a result of which we would likely need to seek protection under the provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. In that event, we could seek to reorganize our business or attempt to sell our business/assets as a going concern. The Company could also be forced into a chapter 7 liquidation, under which a chapter 7 trustee could be required to liquidate our assets. In any of these events, whether the stockholders receive any value for their shares is highly uncertain. If we needed to liquidate our assets, we might realize significantly less from them than the value that could be obtained in a transaction outside of a bankruptcy proceeding. The funds resulting from the liquidation of our assets would be used first to pay off the debt owed to secured and unsecured creditors, including the lenders under the 2008 Credit Facility, before any funds would be available to pay our stockholders. If we are required to liquidate under the federal bankruptcy laws, it is unlikely that stockholders would receive any value for their shares.

The 2008 Credit Facility also contains affirmative and negative covenants customarily found in loan agreements for similar transactions, including, but not limited to, restrictions on our ability to incur indebtedness, create liens on assets, incur certain contingent obligations, engage in mergers or consolidations, change the nature of our business, dispose of assets, make certain investments, engage in transactions with affiliates, enter into negative pledges, pay dividends or make other restricted payments, modify certain payments or modify certain debt documents, and modify our constituent documents if the modification materially adversely affects the interests of the lenders.

The 2008 Credit Facility contains customary events of default, including defaults based on a failure to pay principal, reimbursement obligations, interest, fees or other obligations, a material inaccuracy of representations and warranties; breach of covenants; failure to pay other indebtedness and cross defaults; failure to comply with ERISA or labor laws; change of control events; events of bankruptcy and insolvency; material judgments; the passive holding company status of the immediate holding company parent of DynaVox Systems LLC and DynaVox International Holdings, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of DynaVox Systems LLC; and an impairment of collateral.

Upon the occurrence, and during the continuance, of an event of default under the 2008 Credit Facility, as is currently the case, we no longer have access to our revolving credit facility.

We do not currently have sufficient cash to repay this indebtedness if our debt is not refinanced or if our lenders accelerate the debt, and if our lenders instituted foreclosure proceedings against our assets, the proceeds of the assets could be insufficient to repay such indebtedness in full. Under these circumstances or if our operating performance does not improve, we may be unable to continue operating as a going concern. The report of our independent registered public accounting firm included elsewhere in this Annual Report includes an explanatory paragraph concerning conditions that raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

46


Table of Contents

See “Part I – Item 1A – Risk Factors – We are in default under our 2008 Credit Facility with our senior secured lenders, which defaults are addressed in a certain Forbearance Agreement and Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2013, as amended (the “Forbearance Agreement”). The Forbearance Agreement currently expires on December 6, 2013, at which time our senior secured lenders can accelerate the obligations owed under our credit agreement and exercise their rights and remedies in connection therewith. In addition, our senior secured lenders have the right, under the Forbearance Agreement, to accelerate our obligations under the credit agreement prior to December 6, 2013 if we default under or otherwise violate the provisions of the Forbearance Agreement. There is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern and holders of our Class A common stock could lose their entire investment.”

Critical Accounting Policies

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of our assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. Management bases estimates on historical experience and other assumptions it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances and evaluates these estimates on an on-going basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Refer to Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements for fiscal year 2013 included elsewhere in the report for a complete discussion of our significant accounting policies. We set forth below those material accounting policies that we believe are the most critical for an understanding of our financial results and condition and that involve a higher degree of complexity and management judgment.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price to the customer is fixed or determinable and the collectability is probable. Our revenue is derived from the following sales:

Sales of speech generating devices with embedded software: These hardware devices have preinstalled software that is essential to the functionality of the device. Revenue for the entire device (hardware and software) is recognized upon transfer of title and risk of loss. We typically provide a limited one-year warranty on the hardware for these devices.

Revenue derived from sales being funded by certain payors, mainly Medicare and Medicaid, is recognized upon receipt of the shipment by the customer, as risk of loss does not pass until customer receipt. Revenue derived from sales to other customers is recognized upon product shipment to the customer when title and risk of loss to the product transfers.

Our revenues are recorded, net of a contractual allowance for adjustments, at the time of sale based on contractual arrangements with insurance companies, Medicare allowable billing rates and state Medicaid fee schedules.

In connection with sales of speech generating devices, technical support is provided to customers, including customers of resellers, at no additional charge. This post-sale technical support consists primarily of telephone support services and online chat. To ensure our customers obtain the right devices, a significant amount of our customer support effort, including demonstrations, information, documentation and support and, for some potential customers, the use of a no-charge loaner device for a trial basis, are delivered prior to the sale of a device. As the fee for technical support is included in the initial fee for the device, the technical support and services provided post-sale are provided within one year, the estimated cost of providing such support is deemed insignificant and unspecified upgrades and enhancements are minimal and infrequent, technical support revenues are recognized together with device revenue. Costs associated with the post-sale technical support are accrued at the time of sale and are not significant.

Sales of extended warranties for speech generating devices: These service agreements provide separately priced extended warranty coverage for a one to four-year period, beyond the standard one-year warranty, on the devices. This service revenue is deferred and recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the extended warranty period. On occasion, the Company may offer to provide additional years of a warranty at no additional cost to the customer. Under this promotion the deliverables are accounted for under revenue recognition guidance for multiple element arrangements. As fair value can be established for each element, the total sales price is allocated to each deliverable based on the relative fair value method. The fair value allocated to the additional years of service is deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the extended warranty period.

 

47


Table of Contents

Sales of communication and learning software: These software sales relate to communication and learning software sold to customers for use on personal computers. This software does not require significant production, modification, or customization for functionality. Revenue for the software sold separately is accounted for in accordance with industry specific accounting guidance for software and software-related transactions. Revenue is recognized upon transfer of title and risk of loss. In connection with the sale of software, technical support is provided to customers, at no additional charge. This post-sale technical support consists primarily of telephone support services and online chat. In addition, as part of its technical support, the Company provides updates on a when-and-if-available basis, which are limited to periodic bug fixes that provide no new functionality or features. As the fee for technical support is included in the initial fee for the Software, the technical support and services provided post-sale are provided within one year and the estimated cost of providing such support is deemed insignificant and infrequent, technical support revenues are recognized together with the software revenue. Costs associated with the post-sale technical support are accrued at the time of the sale and are not significant.

Subscription arrangements for online content: These subscription arrangements provide customers the ability to collaborate and share content in a web-based platform. This subscription revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the subscription agreement.

Royalty payments from third-party use of our proprietary symbols: These royalty payments relate to the licensing of our proprietary symbols to third parties for use in third-party products. These revenues are based on negotiated contract terms with third parties that require royalty payments based on actual third-party usage. This royalty revenue is recognized based on the third-party usage under the contract terms.

Non-income related taxes collected from customers and remitted to government authorities are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as accounts receivable and accrued expenses. The collection and payment of these amounts is reported on a net basis in the consolidated statements of operations and does not impact reported revenues or expenses.

Trade Receivables and Related Allowances

Trade receivables are recorded at the estimated net realizable amounts from customers. A contractual allowance is recorded at the time the related sale is recognized for customers that have negotiated contractual reimbursement rates, such as insurance companies. Adjustments for contractual allowances are recorded as a reduction of net sales in the consolidated statements of operations. A significant portion of our receivables are due from federal and state government reimbursement programs, such as Medicare and various Medicaid state programs. An allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded based on historical experience, payor mix and the aging of our accounts receivable. Adjustments for the allowance for doubtful accounts are recorded as a component of operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Intangible Assets

We have indefinite-lived intangible assets composed of certain symbols and trade names. We perform an impairment test of the carrying value of acquired symbols and trademarks annually at each fiscal year-end or when events or other changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. The Company routinely monitors unit sales for our various product lines to assist management in determining when their respective indefinite-lived intangible assets should be evaluated for impairment. The Company estimates the fair value of the acquired symbols and trademarks with indefinite lives using a relief from royalty method (a discounted cash flow methodology). This approach applies a fair market royalty rate to a projected revenue stream, and discounting the cash flows to arrive at fair value.

We also have finite-lived intangible assets comprised of acquired software technology, acquired patents, internally developed patents, and trade names, which are typically amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Acquired software technology is typically amortized over 3 to 10 years, acquired patents are amortized over the remaining life of the patent, internally developed patents are amortized over their useful life and trade names are amortized over 3 years. Acquired patent and certain software intangible assets were revised to a one year remaining life on June 29, 2012. Additionally, the Company determined that one of the indefinite-lived trade names had a finite life due to the refinement of a business strategy at March 29, 2013. The finite-lived intangible asset will be amortized over one year. Amortization related to acquired software technology and trade names are included in cost of sales. Amortization related to patents is included in operating expenses. These assets are tested for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable.

The test for recoverability of a definite long-lived asset group to be held, and used, is performed by comparing the carrying amount of the long-lived assets to the sum of the estimated future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. In estimating the future undiscounted cash flows, the Company uses projections of cash flows directly associated with, and which are expected to arise as a direct result of, the use and eventual disposition of the assets. These assumptions include, among other estimates, the projection of sales and cost of sales and the period of future operation. Changes in any of these estimates could have a material effect on the estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset.

 

48


Table of Contents

Deferred Tax Assets

Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers all potential sources of taxable income, including projections of taxable income, future reversals of taxable temporary differences, income from tax planning strategies, projected payments on the tax receivable agreement (“TRA”), as well as all available positive and negative evidence. The Company also assesses the length of the carryforward periods to determine if they will allow for the utilization of a deferred tax asset based on existing projections of income. Deferred tax assets for which no valuation allowance is recorded may not be realized upon changes in facts and circumstances, resulting in a future charge to establish a valuation allowance.

During fiscal year 2013, the Company recorded a substantial valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets for $50.7 million as it was determined that it was more likely than not that the tax benefits would not be realized.

Tax Receivable Agreement

DynaVox Holdings has made and intends to make an election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) effective for each taxable year in which an exchange of Holdings Units into shares of Class A common stock occurs, which may result in an adjustment to the tax basis of the assets of DynaVox Holdings at the time of an exchange of Holdings Units. As a result of both the initial purchase of Holdings Units from the DynaVox Holdings owners in connection with the IPO and these subsequent exchanges, DynaVox Inc. will become entitled to a proportionate share of the existing tax basis of the assets of DynaVox Holdings. In addition, the purchase of Holdings Units and subsequent exchanges could result in increases in the tax basis of the assets of DynaVox Holdings that otherwise would not have been available. Both this proportionate share and these increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that DynaVox Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those capital assets.

DynaVox Inc. entered into a TRA with the DynaVox Holdings owners that provides for the payment by DynaVox Inc. to the DynaVox Holdings owners an amount equal to 85% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that DynaVox Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of (i) the existing tax basis in the intangible assets of DynaVox Holdings on the date of the IPO, (ii) these increases in tax basis and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the TRA. These payment obligations are obligations of DynaVox Inc. and not of DynaVox Holdings. The payments are made in accordance with the terms of the TRA. The timing and ultimate discharge of payments is subject to certain contingencies including DynaVox Inc. having sufficient taxable income to utilize the tax benefits defined in the TRA. For purposes of the TRA, the benefit deemed realized by DynaVox Inc. will be computed by comparing the actual income tax liability of DynaVox Inc. (calculated with certain assumptions) to the amount of such taxes that DynaVox Inc. would have been required to pay had there been no increase to the tax basis of the assets of DynaVox Holdings as a result of the purchase or exchanges, had there been no tax benefit from the tax basis in the intangible assets of DynaVox Holdings on the date of the IPO and had DynaVox Inc. not entered into the TRA. The term of the TRA will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless DynaVox Inc. exercises its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement for an amount based on the agreed payments remaining to be made under the agreement or DynaVox Inc. breaches any of its material obligations under the tax receivable agreement in which case all obligations will generally be accelerated and due as if DynaVox Inc. had exercised its right to terminate the agreement. Effective October 18, 2013 the tax receivable agreement was amended so that the agreement will terminate with no further obligations owed by DynaVox Inc. to its pre-IPO owners upon a change in control other than a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

As of June 28, 2013 the estimated liability representing the expected payments due under the TRA was $-0-. During the third quarter of fiscal year 2013, the Company changed its estimate and reduced $43,884 of the estimated liability in connection with placing a substantial valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets as it was determined that it was more likely than not that the tax benefits would not be realized (See Note 8 in the consolidated financial statements). Future changes in our assessment of our ability to realize deferred tax assets would have an effect on our estimate of the TRA liability.

 

49


Table of Contents

Equity-Based Compensation

We estimate the grant-date fair-value of stock options for our Class A common stock using the Black-Scholes pricing model. Significant assumptions we use in the model are: (i) an expected dividend yield of 0% based on our expectation of not paying dividends for the foreseeable future; (ii) expected volatility based on the historical volatility of the Company’s Class A common stock; (iii) a risk-free interest rate based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant; and (iv) a weighted average expected term using the “simplified method”. The “simplified method” calculates the expected term as the average of the vesting term and original contractual term of the options.

Assumptions utilized in the Black-Scholes pricing model for stock option grants included the following:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
     June 28,
2013
   June 29,
2012
  July 1,
2011

Black-Scholes Option Valuation Assumptions:

       

Dividend yield

   N/A    0%   0%

Expected volatilitiy

   N/A    74.1-75.4%   47.4-84.0%

Risk-free interest rates

   N/A    0.7-1.5%   2.0-3.0%

Expected term of options

   N/A    4.8-6.3   6.4

The grant date fair value of restricted stock is based on the closing market price of the Company’s Class A common stock on the date of grant.

Impact of Inflation

Our results of operations and financial condition are presented based on historical cost. While it is difficult to accurately measure the impact of inflation due to the imprecise nature of the estimates required, we believe the effects of inflation, if any, on our results of operations and financial condition have been immaterial.

Off- Balance Sheet Arrangements

We are not a party to any off- balance sheet arrangements.

Related Party Transactions

For a description of our related party transactions, see “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.”

 

50


Table of Contents

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Information regarding quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk is not required pursuant to Item 305(e) of Regulation S-K.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The following consolidated financial statements specified by this Item, together with the report thereon of Deloitte & Touche LLP, are presented beginning on page F-1 of this annual report on Form 10-K:

Financial Statements:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

See Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Quarterly Results and Seasonality.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of June 28, 2013. The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a – 15(e) and 15d – 15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of June 28, 2013, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective at the reasonable assurance level. As a result of the Default Notice, the Forbearance Agreement and specifically the expedited process to evaluate strategic alternatives required under the Forbearance Agreement, the Company lacked sufficient skilled personnel to timely file this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of DynaVox Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (“COSO”). Based on our evaluation under the COSO framework, management has concluded that, as of June 28, 2013, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was not effective at the reasonable assurance level.

 

51


Table of Contents

Our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting surrounding the performance of analysis to support and review non-routine and complex accounting matters. Specifically, deficiencies were identified in our control environment which could have led to the improper valuation of certain assets. As a result of the Default Notice, the Forbearance Agreement and specifically the expedited process to evaluate strategic alternatives required under the Forbearance Agreement, the Company lacked sufficient skilled personnel to conduct such analysis.

Our internal control system is designated to provide reasonable assurance to our management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Effective July 29, 2013, we entered into the Forbearance Agreement with our senior secured lenders. The Forbearance Agreement required, amongst other things, the Company to enter into an expedited process to evaluate strategic alternatives. The Default Notice, the Forbearance Agreement and specifically the expedited processes to evaluate strategic alternatives under the Forbearance Agreement severely strained the capabilities of the Company’s skilled personnel to properly, and timely, analyze and review non-routine and complex accounting matters. Management has identified these new circumstances as a change in internal controls which contributed to the material weakness noted above. Management has not identified any other changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during, or subsequent to, the fiscal quarter ended June 28, 2013 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. However, as noted above, the Company identified a material weakness in our internal controls subsequent to June 28, 2013.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

 

52


Table of Contents

Part III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Board of Directors

Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated By-Laws provide that our Board will consist of that number of Directors determined from time to time by our Board. Our Board has fixed the number of Directors at ten. Our directors will hold office until the next Annual Meeting of Shareholders and the election and qualification of their successors or until resignation.

The following information describes the names, ages and biographical information of each of the Company’s Directors. Beneficial ownership of equity securities of the Directors is shown under “Ownership of Securities.”

 

Name

  

Age

  

Principal Occupation and Other Information

Roger C. Holstein    60    Mr. Holstein has been the Chairman of the Board of Directors of DynaVox Inc. since its formation in December 2009 and has been a member of the Management Committee of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC since October 2006. Mr. Holstein is a managing director with Vestar, which he joined as a senior advisor in 2006 and became a Managing Director in 2007. Mr. Holstein also serves as chief executive officer of HealthGrades, Inc. since January 2012, having previously served as chairman of HealthGrades board of managers from mid-2010. Prior to joining Vestar, Mr. Holstein was the chief executive officer of WebMD Health from 2001 and of WebMD Corp from May 2003, in each case until April 2005 and served in senior executive positions at WebMD and its predecessors starting in 1997. Prior to his tenure at WebMD, Mr. Holstein was a Member of the Office of the President of Medco, the nation’s leading prescription benefit management firm. Since graduating from Swarthmore College in 1974, Mr. Holstein also held senior management positions at MCI Corporation, Warner Communications and Grey Advertising. Mr. Holstein began his career with the Spirits of St. Louis professional basketball team.
Michelle H. Wilver    44    Ms. Wilver has been a Director of the Company since her appointment in June 2012. She has been president and chief executive officer of the Company since June 2012. She served as the Company’s president and chief operating officer from July 2009 to June 2012. Prior to being name president and chief operating officer, she was chief operating officer from December 2007 to July 2009. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Wilver served as vice president and general manager at Thermo Fisher Scientific from November 2006 to December 2007. Ms. Wilver served in multiple general manager roles at General Electric Healthcare in the Americas X-ray, Global Nuclear Medicine and Global Mammography divisions. She holds an MBA from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from the University of Wisconsin—Whitewater. We believe that Ms. Wilver is well suited to serve on our Board due to her position as chief executive office of the Company as well as her 18 years serving in the healthcare industry and 5 years serving in the education industry.
Michael N. Hammes    71    Mr. Hammes has been a Director of DynaVox Inc. since its IPO in April 2010 and a member of the Management Committee of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC since 2004. He served as chairman and chief executive officer of Sunrise Medical Inc., which designs, manufacturers and markets home medical equipment worldwide, from 2000 until his retirement as chief executive officer in 2007 and as chairman in 2008. He was chairman and chief executive officer of the Guide Corporation from 1998 to 2000. He was also chairman and chief executive officer of The Coleman Company, Inc. from 1993 to 1997. He is chairman of James Hardie Industries Ltd., the lead director of Navistar International Corporation and a director of DeVilbiss.

 

53


Table of Contents

Name

  

Age

  

Principal Occupation and Other Information

Michael J. Herling    56    Mr. Herling has been a Director of DynaVox Inc. since its IPO in April 2010 and a member of the Management Committee of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC since 2004. He is a founding partner of Finn Dixon & Herling LLP, a law firm that provides corporate, transactional, securities, investment management, lending, tax, executive compensation and benefits and litigation counsel, and has held that position since 1987. He is currently a member of the board of directors of The Brink’s Company and a member of the Board of Trustees of Colgate University.
James W. Liken    64    Mr. Liken has been a Director of DynaVox Inc. since its IPO in April 2010 and the Chairman of the Management Committee of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC since 2004. From August 1999 until December 1, 2003, Mr. Liken served as president and chief executive officer of Respironics, Inc. and then served as vice chairman until his retirement in March 2008. Prior to joining Respironics, Mr. Liken was owner of Liken Home Medical, Inc. from 1990 until he sold that business in July 1998. Mr. Liken has been active in the home medical business since 1971, serving in management and ownership capacities for several predecessor companies to Liken Home Medical, Inc. He also is a director of Cohera Medical, Inc. and Vapotherm, Inc. He is the principal of J.W. Liken Holdings, a firm that does private equity investing.
Evan A. Marks    52    Mr. Marks has been a Director of DynaVox Inc. since his appointment in October 2012. Mr. Marks is an executive vice president strategy for HealthGrades, Inc., a provider of online services designed to help consumers find and compare doctors and hospitals. Prior to joining HealthGrades November 2012, Mr. Marks was a managing director at Vestar Capital Partners and, in that role, had been acting as an advisor to DynaVox since 2006. Mr. Marks joined Vestar as a senior advisor in 2006 and became a managing director in 2010. Prior to joining Vestar, Mr. Marks was senior vice president of marketing at WebMD. From 1988 thought 2002, Mr. Marks held a number of senior management positions at Medco, a national provider of Prescription Benefit Management programs. Mr. Marks received a B.S. in Finance from New York University in 1984.
William E. Mayer    73    Mr. Mayer has been a Director of DynaVox Inc. since its formation in December 2009 and has been a member of the Management Committee of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC since May 2004. Mr. Mayer is the senior partner of the private equity firm Park Avenue Equity Partners, L.P. (“Park Avenue”), which he formed in 1999. From the fall of 1992 until December 1996, Mr. Mayer was a professor and dean of the College of Business and Management at the University of Maryland. Mr. Mayer worked at The First Boston Corporation (now Credit Suisse) for 23 years where he held numerous management positions, including president and chief executive officer. Over the past five years, Mr. Mayer has served as a board member of the following public companies: BlackRock Kelso and Lee Enterprises, and is a trustee of the Columbia Group of Mutual Funds. Over the past 30 years, he has been a board member of numerous other public and private companies. Mr. Mayer was chairman of the Aspen Institute from 2000 to 2008 and is currently on its executive committee. He is past chairman of the Board of the University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland and is currently on its executive committee. He is also the U.S. Chairman of the British-North American Committee, a board member of the Acumen Fund and Atlantic Council, a member of the Council on Foreign Relations and the U.S. Vietnam Dialogue Group, vice chairman of the Middle East Investment Initiative, and a member of the board of advisors of Miller Buckfire & Co. LLC.

 

54


Table of Contents

Name

  

Age

  

Principal Occupation and Other Information

Augustine L. Nieto II    55    Mr. Nieto has been a Director of DynaVox Inc. since its IPO in April 2010 and a member of the Management Committee of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC since July 2009. Mr. Nieto was a co-founder of Life Fitness, a leading manufacturer of cardiovascular and strength training fitness equipment for commercial and consumer use, and held a variety of executive positions with Life Fitness until the company was acquired by Brunswick Corporation in 1997. He is currently an operating advisor for North Castle Partners, a private equity firm based in Greenwich, Connecticut, which he joined in May 2001. Mr. Nieto is currently the chairman of Octane Fitness, a manufacturer of consumer exercise equipment. He is also a National vice president of the Muscular Dystrophy Association, co-chairman of its ALS Division and founder of its Augie’s Quest campaign. In addition, Mr. Nieto serves as the chairman of the ALS Therapy Development Institute, a leading non-profit biotechnology and drug research company, and as a director of Quest Software, Inc.
Michael J. Regan    71    Mr. Regan has been a Director of DynaVox Inc. since his appointment in September 2011. Mr. Regan is a former Vice Chairman and Chief Administrative Officer of KPMG LLP and was the lead audit partner for many Fortune 500 companies during his 40-year tenure with KPMG. Mr. Regan also serves as a director of Scientific Games Corporation and Lifetime Brands, Inc., and also serves as a member of the board of trustees of Manhattan College. In addition, Mr. Regan has previously served as a member of the boards of directors of Allied Security Holdings LLC, Citadel Broadcasting Corporation and Eyetech Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Erin L. Russell    39    Ms. Russell has been a Director of DynaVox Inc. since its formation in December 2009 and has been a member of the Management Committee of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC since October 2007. Ms. Russell is a principal with Vestar, which she joined in 2001. Previously, she was a member of the M&A Group at PaineWebber Inc. in New York. Ms. Russell received her bachelor of science degree in commerce, with a concentration in accounting, from the McIntire School of Commerce at the University of Virginia in 1996. She received her MBA from Harvard Business School in 2001.

Executive Officers of the Company

Set forth below is certain information regarding each of our current executives, other than Michelle H. Wilver, whose biographical information is presented under “Board of Directors.”

 

Name

  

Age

  

Principal Occupation and Other Information

Robert E. Cunningham    51    Mr. Cunningham has been our chief strategy and clinical officer since his appointment in June 2012. Previously, having joined us in 1993 as the director of software development, Mr. Cunningham also served as our vice president of research and development from 1999 to 2008, as senior vice president and chief technology officer from August 2008 to May 2011, and as Chief of Clinical Pathways and Research from May 2011 to June 2012. Prior to joining us, Mr. Cunningham was a senior software engineer at Vertex Software and vice president of research and development for the Guidance Corporation. He began his career as a research programmer at the University of Pittsburgh’s Learning Research and Development Center, where he graduated summa cum laude with a Bachelor of Science degree in computer science. Mr. Cunningham has worked as an independent computer-programming consultant on long-term projects for Xerox, Inc. and the U.S. Air Force.

 

55


Table of Contents

Name

  

Age

  

Principal Occupation and Other Information

Raymond J. Merk    54    Mr. Merk was appointed our chief financial officer and corporate secretary in May 2013, previously having served as our vice president of administration and corporate secretary from March 2013. Prior to that, Mr. Merk had served as our vice president of finance since joining us in April 2010, bringing with him almost 30 years of accounting and financial management experience with both public and private companies. Prior to joining us, Mr. Merk was chief financial officer at DATATRAK International, Inc. from August 2007 to March 2010 and prior to that their Controller since his hiring in August 2006. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from Ohio Northern University. Mr. Merk is a Certified Public Accountant.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires executive officers and directors, a company’s chief accounting officer and persons who beneficially own more than 10% of a registered class of a company’s equity securities, to file initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership with the SEC. Executive officers, Directors, the chief accounting officer and beneficial owners of more than 10% of a registered class of our equity securities are required by SEC regulations to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.

Based solely on our review of copies of such reports and written representations from our executive officers, Directors, chief accounting officer and beneficial owners of more than 10% of a registered class of our equity securities, we believe that such persons complied with all Section 16(a) filing requirements during fiscal year 2013.

Code of Ethics

We maintain a Code of Ethics, which is applicable to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary, Corporate Controller and other senior financial officers. The Code of Ethics sets forth our policies and expectations on a number of topics, including conflicts of interest, compliance with laws and ethical conduct. The Company will promptly disclose to our shareholders, if required by applicable laws, any waivers of the Code of Ethics granted to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, by posting such information on our website as set forth above rather than by filing a Form 8-K.

The Code of Ethics may be found on our website at www.dynavoxtech.com under Company: Corporate Governance: Code of Ethics.

As described in our Code of Ethics, we maintain a hot-line by which the Company’s Directors, officers and employees can report possible violations. The hot-line has a toll-free number, an email address and a website. Whistleblowers may remain anonymous when reporting possible violations.

Code of Financial Principles for Senior Financial Executives

We maintain a Code of Financial Principles for Senior Financial Executives, which is applicable to our President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary, Vice President—Finance, and Corporate Controller. The Code of Financial Principles for Senior Financial Executives sets forth our policies and expectations on a number of topics, including conflicts of interest, competency and knowledge, compliance with laws and ethical conduct. The Company will promptly disclose to our shareholders, if required by applicable laws, any waivers of the Code of Financial Principles for Senior Financial Executives granted to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, by posting such information on our website as set forth above rather than by filing a Form 8-K.

 

56


Table of Contents

Audit Committee Membership

Our Audit Committee consists of Messrs. Hammes, Herling and Regan, with Mr. Regan serving as Chairman of the Audit Committee. Our Board has determined that all of these members of the Audit Committee are “independent” for purposes of Section 10A(m)(3) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Section 5605(a)(2) of the NASDAQ Listing Rules. Our Board has also determined that each of Messrs. Hammes, Herling and Regan are able to read and understand fundamental financial statements. In addition, our Board has determined that Mr. Regan qualifies as an audit committee financial expert as defined by SEC regulations and has financial sophistication as such term is used under Section 5605(a)(2)(A) of the NASDAQ Listing Rules. DynaVox is no longer required to comply with the SEC and NASDAQ rules related to Audit Committees.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides summary information concerning compensation paid or accrued by us to or on behalf of our named executive officers for services rendered to us during fiscal years 2013 and 2012.

 

     Year (1)      Salary
($)
     Bonus
($)
     Stock
Awards (2) 
($)
    All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 

Michelle H. Wilver,

     2013         450,000         —           132,000 (3)      30,404 (4)      612,404   

President and Chief Executive Officer

     2012         351,923         —           207,284        12,569        571,776   

Robert E. Cunningham,

     2013         238,308         15,000         60,000 (5)      15,129 (6)      328,437   

Chief Strategy and Clinical Officer

     2012         235,000         15,000         33,362        1,165        284,527   

Raymond J. Merk,

     2013         180,145         —           39,200 (7)      54,552 (8)      273,897   

Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary

     2012         175,000         —           39,931        39,915        254,846   

Kenneth D. Misch (9),

     2013         229,635         —           36,000 (10)      13,602 (11)      279,237   

Former Chief Financial and Information Officer

     2012         225,000         —           102,701        670        328,371   

 

(1) All fiscal years presented consisted of 52 weeks.
(2) The amounts set forth in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value for stock awards granted in fiscal year 2013 as calculated pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC Topic 718”) based on the assumptions set forth in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 28, 2013.
(3) This amount consists of 275,000 restricted stock units granted on October 4, 2012 with a grant date fair value of $0.48 per share. The stock units vest 25% on the grant date and then 25% on each of the first, second and third anniversary of the grant date.
(4) This amount consists of $658 in discretionary Company profit-sharing contributions to our 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, $2,633 in Company matching contributions to our 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, $432 in life insurance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance premiums, an aggregate of $4,181 (including tax gross-up) with respect to the President’s Club trip (offered as an incentive for our employees who generate substantial sales) for Ms. Wilver’s guest, and $22,500 in a one-time payment for unused paid leave time (“PLT”).
(5) This amount consists of 125,000 restricted stock units granted on October 4, 2012 with a grant date fair value of $0.48 per share. The stock units vest 25% on the grant date and then 25% on each of the first, second and third anniversary of the grant date.
(6) This amount consists of $631 in discretionary Company profit-sharing contributions to our 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, $1,783 in Company matching contributions to our 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, $230 in life insurance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance premiums, $500 in Company contributions to Mr. Cunningham’s Health Savings Account, and $11,985 in a one-time payment for unused PLT.

 

57


Table of Contents
(7) This amount consists of two restricted stock unit grants. The first grant was for 40,000 restricted stock units on October 4, 2012 with a grant date fair value of $0.48 per share. The second grant was for 100,000 restricted stock units on May 7, 2013 with a grant date fair value of $0.20 per share. The stock units vest 25% on the grant date and then 25% on each of the first, second and third anniversary of the grant date.
(8) This amount consists of $470 in discretionary Company profit-sharing contributions to our 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, $2,971 in Company matching contributions to our 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, $202 in life insurance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance premiums, $500 in Company contributions to Mr. Merk’s Health Savings Account, an aggregate of $1,058 (including tax gross-up) with respect to the President’s Club trip (offered as an incentive for our employees who generate substantial sales) for Mr. Merk’s guest, $40,273 for temporary housing costs, $6,394 in a one-time payment for unused PLT, and $2,684 in legal fee reimbursements.
(9) Mr. Misch’s employment with the Company was terminated effective May 17, 2013.
(10) This amount consists of 75,000 restricted stock units granted on October 4, 2012 with a grant date fair value of $0.48 per share. The stock units vest 25% on the grant date and then 25% on each of the first, second and third anniversary of the grant date.
(11) This amount consists of $605 in discretionary Company profit-sharing contributions to our 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, $4,300 in Company matching contributions to our 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and $202 in life insurance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance premiums, and $8,495 in a one-time payment for unused PLT.

Employment Agreements

Michelle H. Wilver

We have entered into a second amended and restated employment agreement, dated June 13, 2012, with Michelle Wilver pursuant to which Ms. Wilver serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer. The employment term is a three-year term with automatic one-year extensions thereafter unless either party provides the other 90 days’ prior written notice of an election not to renew the employment agreement.

Ms. Wilver is currently entitled to receive an annual base salary of $450,000 and entitled to such increases in her annual base salary as may be determined by our Board from time to time. With respect to the 2012 fiscal year and each full fiscal year during the employment term, Ms. Wilver is also eligible to earn an annual bonus award under the applicable bonus plan of up to 50% of her annual base salary, based upon the achievement of performance targets established by our Board within the first 90 days of each applicable fiscal year. Ms. Wilver also has the opportunity to earn an annual bonus award in excess of this amount if goals established by our Board within the first 90 days of each applicable fiscal year are achieved. Ms. Wilver is also entitled to participate in our employee benefit plans, on the same basis as those benefits are generally made available to our other executives. We have also agreed to indemnify Ms. Wilver in connection with her capacity as our trustee, Director or officer.

If Ms. Wilver’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined in her employment agreement) or by Ms. Wilver for “good reason” (as defined in her employment agreement), subject to her execution of a release of claims against us and her continued compliance with the restrictive covenants described below, she will be entitled to receive (1) continued payment of her annual base salary until 24 months after her termination date, (2) continued medical and dental coverage for a period of 18 months following her termination date, provided that payments for such coverage by Ms. Wilver will be consistent with the payments required by other senior executives for such coverage at that time and (3) an amount equal to the annual cash bonus award, if any, that she would have been entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of her employment agreement in respect of such fiscal year had her employment not terminated, prorated for the number of days she was employed during such fiscal year, payable when such annual bonus award would have otherwise been payable had her employment not terminated, but in no event later than March 15th of the year following the year in which the termination occurs.

Ms. Wilver has also agreed, if we so request, to remain employed by us for a period of up to one year following a “change of control” (as defined in her employment agreement). If Ms. Wilver resigns without “good reason” within 90 days following such period, subject to her execution of a release of claims against us and her continued compliance with the restrictive covenants described below, she will be entitled to receive (1) continued payment of her annual base salary until 24 months after the termination date, (2) continued medical and dental coverage for a period of 18 months following her termination date, provided that payments for such coverage by her will be consistent with the payments required by other senior executives for such coverage at that time and (3) an amount equal to the annual cash bonus award, if any, that she would have been entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of her employment agreement in respect of such fiscal year had her employment not terminated, prorated for the number of days she was employed during such fiscal year, payable when such annual bonus award would have otherwise been payable had her employment not terminated, but in no event later than March 15th of the year following the year in which the termination occurs.

 

58


Table of Contents

If Ms. Wilver’s employment terminates due to her death or “disability” (as defined in her employment agreement), Ms. Wilver, or her estate (as the case may be), will be entitled to receive (1) continued payment of her annual base salary until 12 months after her termination date and (2) an amount equal to the annual cash bonus award, if any, that she would have been entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of her employment agreement in respect of such fiscal year had her employment not terminated, pro-rated for the number of days she was employed during such fiscal year, payable when such annual bonus award would have otherwise been payable had her employment not terminated, but in no event later than March 15th of the year following the year in which the termination occurs.

Ms. Wilver is subject to a covenant not to disclose our confidential information and not disparage us, in each case, during her employment term and at all times thereafter and covenants not to compete with us and not to solicit our employees or customers during the employment term and for two years following termination of her employment for any reason. If Ms. Wilver breaches these covenants, in addition to the remedies at law, we are entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, temporary restraining order, temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy which may then be available and, in the event of such a breach, cease making any payments or providing any benefit otherwise required pursuant to Ms. Wilver’s employment agreement.

Robert E. Cunningham

We have entered into an employment agreement with Robert E. Cunningham, dated April 7, 2010, pursuant to which Mr. Cunningham serves as our Chief Strategy and Clinical Officer. The employment term is a three-year term with automatic one-year extensions thereafter unless either party provides the other 90 days’ prior written notice of an election not to renew the employment agreement.

Mr. Cunningham is currently entitled to receive an annual base salary of $240,000 and entitled to such increases in his annual base salary as may be determined by our Board from time to time. With respect to the fiscal year 2012 and each full fiscal year during the employment term, Mr. Cunningham is also eligible to earn an annual bonus award under the applicable bonus plan of up to 40% of his annual base salary, based upon the achievement of performance targets established by our Board within the first 90 days of each applicable fiscal year. Mr. Cunningham also has the opportunity to earn an annual bonus award in excess of this amount if goals established by our Board within the first 90 days of each applicable fiscal year are achieved. Mr. Cunningham is also entitled to participate in our employee benefit plans, on the same basis as those benefits are generally made available to our other executives.

If Mr. Cunningham’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined in his employment agreement) or by Mr. Cunningham for “good reason” (as defined in his employment agreement), subject to his execution of a release of claims against us and his continued compliance with the restrictive covenants described below, he will be entitled to receive (1) continued payment of his annual base salary until 12 months after his termination date, (2) continued medical and dental coverage for a period of 12 months following his termination date, provided that payments for such coverage by Mr. Cunningham will be consistent with the payments required by other senior executives for such coverage at that time and (3) an amount equal to the annual cash bonus award, if any, that he would have been entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement in respect of such fiscal year had his employment not terminated, prorated for the number of days he was employed during such fiscal year, payable when such annual bonus award would have otherwise been payable had his employment not terminated, but in no event later than March 15th of the year following the year in which the termination occurs.

Mr. Cunningham has also agreed, if we so request, to remain employed by us for a period of up to one year following a “change of control” (as defined in his employment agreement). If Mr. Cunningham resigns without “good reason” within 90 days following such period, subject to his execution of a release of claims against us and his continued compliance with the restrictive covenants described below, he will be entitled to receive (1) continued payment of his annual base salary until 12 months after the termination date, (2) continued medical and dental coverage for a period of 12 months following his termination date, provided that payments for such coverage by him will be consistent with the payments required by other senior executives for such coverage at that time and (3) an amount equal to the annual cash bonus award, if any, that he would have been entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement in respect of such fiscal year had his employment not terminated, prorated for the number of days he was employed during such fiscal year, payable when such annual bonus award would have otherwise been payable had his employment not terminated, but in no event later than March 15th of the year following the year in which the termination occurs.

If Mr. Cunningham’s employment terminates due to his death or “disability” (as defined in his employment agreement), he will be entitled to receive (1) continued payment of his annual base salary until 12 months after his termination date and (2) an amount equal to the annual cash bonus award, if any, that he would have been entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement in respect of such fiscal year had his employment not terminated, pro-rated for the number of days he was employed during such fiscal year, payable when such annual bonus award would have otherwise been payable had his employment not terminated, but in no event later than March 15th of the year following the year in which the termination occurs. Mr. Cunningham is also subject to a covenant not to disclose our confidential information and not disparage us, in each case, during his employment term and at all times thereafter and covenants not to compete with us and not to solicit our employees or customers during the employment term and for two years following termination of his employment for any reason. If Mr. Cunningham breaches these covenants, in addition to the remedies at law, we are entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, temporary restraining order, temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy which may then be available and, in the event of such a breach, cease making any payments or providing any benefit otherwise required pursuant to Mr. Cunningham’s employment agreement.

 

59


Table of Contents

Raymond J. Merk

We have entered into an employment agreement with Raymond J. Merk, dated July 17, 2013, pursuant to which Mr. Merk serves as our Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary. The employment term is a five-year term with automatic one-year extensions thereafter unless either party provides the other 90 days’ prior written notice of an election not to renew the employment agreement.

Mr. Merk is currently entitled to receive an annual base salary of $225,000 and entitled to such increases in his annual base salary as may be determined by our Board from time to time. During each full fiscal year during the employment term commencing with fiscal 2013, Mr. Merk is eligible to earn an annual bonus award under the applicable bonus plan of up to 40% of his annual base salary, based upon the achievement of performance targets established by our Board within the first 90 days of each applicable fiscal year. Mr. Merk also has the opportunity to earn an annual bonus award in excess of this amount if goals established by our Board within the first 90 days of each applicable fiscal year are achieved. Mr. Merk is also entitled to the reimbursement of temporary housing costs. Mr. Merk is also entitled to participate in our employee benefit plans, on the same basis as those benefits are generally made available to our other executives.

If Mr. Merk’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined in his employment agreement) or by Mr. Merk for “good reason” (as defined in his employment agreement), subject to his execution of a release of claims against us and his continued compliance with the restrictive covenants described below, he will be entitled to receive (1) continued payment of his annual base salary until 12 months after his termination date, (2) continued medical and dental coverage for a period of 12 months following his termination date, provided that payments for such coverage by Mr. Merk will be consistent with the payments required by other senior executives for such coverage at that time and (3) an amount equal to the annual cash bonus award, if any, that he would have been entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement in respect of such fiscal year had his employment not terminated, prorated for the number of days he was employed during such fiscal year, payable when such annual bonus award would have otherwise been payable had his employment not terminated, but in no event later than March 15th of the year following the year in which the termination occurs.

Mr. Merk has also agreed, if we so request, to remain employed by us for a period of up to one year following a “change of control” (as defined in his employment agreement). If Mr. Merk resigns without “good reason” within 90 days following such period, subject to his execution of a release of claims against us and his continued compliance with the restrictive covenants described below, he will be entitled to receive (1) continued payment of his annual base salary until 12 months after the termination date, (2) continued medical and dental coverage for a period of 12 months following his termination date, provided that payments for such coverage by Mr. Merk shall be consistent with the payments required by other senior executives for such coverage at that time and (3) an amount equal to the annual cash bonus award, if any, that he would have been entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement in respect of such fiscal year had his employment not terminated, prorated for the number of days he was employed during such fiscal year, payable when such annual bonus award would have otherwise been payable had his employment not terminated, but in no event later than March 15th of the year following the year in which the termination occurs.

If Mr. Merk’s employment terminates due to his death or “disability” (as defined in his employment agreement), he will be entitled to receive (1) continued payment of his annual base salary until 12 months after his termination date and (2) an amount equal to the annual cash bonus award, if any, that he would have been entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement in respect of such fiscal year had his employment not terminated, pro-rated for the number of days he was employed during such fiscal year, payable when such annual bonus award would have otherwise been payable had his employment not terminated, but in no event later than March 15th of the year following the year in which the termination occurs. Mr. Merk is also subject to a covenant not to disclose our confidential information and not disparage us, in each case, during his employment term and at all times thereafter and covenants not to compete with us and not to solicit our employees or customers during the employment term and for two years following termination of his employment for any reason. If Mr. Merk breaches these covenants, in addition to the remedies at law, we are entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, temporary restraining order, temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy which may then be available and, in the event of such a breach, cease making any payments or providing any benefit otherwise required pursuant to Mr. Merk’s employment agreement.

 

60


Table of Contents

Kenneth D. Misch

Mr. Misch’s employment with the Company was terminated effective May 17, 2013. Previously, we had entered into an employment agreement with Kenneth D. Misch, dated December 30, 2009, pursuant to which Mr. Misch was to serve as our Chief Financial and Information Officer. The employment term was a five-year term with automatic one-year extensions thereafter unless either party provides the other 90 days’ prior written notice of an election not to renew the employment agreement.

Mr. Misch was entitled to receive an annual base salary of $260,000 and entitled to such increases in his annual base salary as determined by our Board from time to time. During each full fiscal year during the employment term commencing with fiscal 2012, Mr. Misch was eligible to earn an annual bonus award under the applicable bonus plan of up to 40% of his annual base salary, based upon the achievement of performance targets established by our Board within the first 90 days of each applicable fiscal year. Mr. Misch also had the opportunity to earn an annual bonus award in excess of this amount if goals established by our Board within the first 90 days of each applicable fiscal year were achieved. Mr. Misch was also entitled to participate in our employee benefit plans, on the same basis as those benefits that were generally made available to our other executives.

Mr. Misch terminated his employment with us without “good reason” (as defined in his employment agreement), and as such was not entitled to any payments or benefits in connection with his termination.

Mr. Misch is subject to a covenant not to disclose our confidential information and not disparage us, in each case, at all times subsequent to terminating his employment with us and covenants not to compete with us and not to solicit our employees or customers for two years following the termination of his employment. If Mr. Misch breaches these covenants, in addition to the remedies at law, we are entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, temporary restraining order, temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy which may then be available.

Deferred Compensation Plans

During fiscal year 2013, we offered our named executive officers the opportunity to participate in our 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, which is a tax-qualified plan.

Our discretionary contributions to the 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan are based upon our actual Adjusted EBITDA and net sales performance in relation to the Adjusted EBITDA and net sales targets in our business plan. If Adjusted EBITDA and net sales performance meet the minimum targets, the applicable percentage for purposes of determining our discretionary profit-sharing contributions to the 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan is 4%, and the applicable percentage for purposes of determining our discretionary Social Security integration contributions to the 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan is 8%. The discretionary profit-sharing contribution to the 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan is determined by applying the applicable percentage to all eligible earnings up to the Social Security maximum taxable earnings. The discretionary Social Security integration contribution to the 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan is determined by applying the applicable percentage to all eligible earnings paid over the Social Security maximum taxable earnings up to $255,000. Eligible earnings include base salary (including any pre-tax deferrals to the employer-sponsored qualified plan) and bonuses paid within the plan year. The plan year coincides with the fiscal year, and participants are eligible to participate the first day of the month following three months of service. Participants vest in the Company discretionary contributions as follows: 25% after two years of service, 50% after three years of service, 75% after four years of service and 100% after five years of service. For on-target Adjusted EBITDA and net sales performance, the applicable performance percentages are 5% for the discretionary profit-sharing contributions and 10% for the Social Security integration contributions, and for maximum Adjusted EBITDA and net sales performance, the applicable performance percentages are 6% for the discretionary profit-sharing contributions and 12% for the Social Security integration contributions. The performance percentages are pro-rated for results that fall between Adjusted EBITDA and net sales performance thresholds.

Discretionary contributions to our Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan are made at the same rate applicable to discretionary profit-sharing contributions to our 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and apply to the excess of eligible earnings above $245,000 in the plan year, which coincides with the calendar year. Eligible earnings include earned income, base salary, bonuses paid within the plan year, performance-based compensation, and other remuneration that may be included by the administrator of the plan. An eligible employee becomes a participant in the plan at the earlier of the date on which his or her deferral election first becomes effective or the date on which a discretionary contribution by us is first credited to the participant’s account. In general, participants vest in the discretionary employer contributions starting after two years of service at 25% per year, such that after five years of service, participants are fully vested in their discretionary employer contributions. However, accelerated vesting occurs upon retirement, death, separation from service due to disability and upon a change in control. If a participant’s employment is terminated by us for cause (or if cause otherwise exists due to theft relating to the business, dishonesty with respect to a material aspect of the business, or a violation of any nonsolicitation, noncompetition, or nondisclosure restrictive covenants), no benefits will be payable under the plan and the participant must repay to us all distributions made within the six-month period prior to such termination or breach. In general, any amounts not vested at the time of a separation from service are forfeited. Participants may direct that their accounts established under the plan be valued as if they were invested in one or more investment funds, which the administrator of the plan may select and may change from time to time in its discretion. We may, at any time, in our sole discretion, amend or modify this plan but any amendments or modifications will not retroactively affect or reduce amounts allocated to a participant’s account under the plan.

 

61


Table of Contents

As of December 1, 2012, the 401(k) Plan was amended to terminate the Profit Sharing Plan and adopt a Company match of 50% of employee contributions up to 6%. Employer contributions vest over a 3-year period: 33% after the first year, 66% after the second year and 100% after the third year.

 

62


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2013 Fiscal-Year End

The following table provides information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of the end of fiscal year 2013.

 

    Option Awards     Stock Awards  

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
(#)
  Option
Exercise
Price
($/Share)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That
Have Not
Vested(1)
(#)
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That
Have Not
Vested

(2)
($)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other Rights
That Have
Not Vested
(#)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market
or Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other Rights
That Have
Not Vested
($)
 

Michelle H. Wilver,

President and Chief Executive Officer

   
 

 

255,600
6,850

37,500

  
  

  

   

 

 

170,400

20,550

112,500

(3) 

(5) 

(6) 

  —  

—  

—  

  $

$

$

15.00

5.47

1.21

  

  

  

   

 

 

4/21/2020

9/14/2021

6/13/2022

  

  

  

    206,250 (9)    $
30,938
– 
    —          —     

Robert E. Cunningham,

Chief Strategy and Clinical Officer

   

 

85,200

2,275

  

  

   

 

56,800

6,875

(3) 

(5) 

  —     $

$

15.00

5.47

  

  

   
 
4/21/2020
9/14/2021
  
  
    93,750 (9)    $ 14,063        —          —     

Raymond J. Merk, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary

   

 

5,625

1,825

  

  

   

 

1,875

5,475

(4) 

(5) 

  —     $

$

15.00

5.47

  

  

   
 
4/21/2020
9/14/2021
  
  
    105,000 (10)    $ 15,750        —          —     

Kenneth D. Misch,(7)

Former Chief Financial and Information Officer

   

 

 

18,750

9,150

12,500

  

  

  

    —   (8)    —  

—  

—  

  $

$

$

15.00

5.47

1.21

  

  

  

   

 

 

4/21/2020

9/14/2021

6/13/2022

  

  

  

    —          —          —          —     

 

(1) This column reflects the number of unvested restricted stock units previously awarded under the DynaVox Inc. 2010 Long-Term Incentive Program.
(2) Based on a closing price of $0.15 per share of Class A common stock on June 28, 2013.
(3) These options vest in equal annual installments over a five-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date, April 21, 2010.
(4) These options vest in equal annual installments over a four-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date, April 21, 2010.
(5) These options vest in equal annual installments over a four-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date, September 14, 2011.
(6) These options vest in equal annual installments over a four-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date, June 13, 2012.
(7) Mr. Misch’s employment with the Company was terminated effective May 17, 2013.
(8) Mr. Misch’s employment with the Company was terminated effective May 17, 2013 on which date all of his unvested stock options were forfeited.
(9) This figure represents the total number of unvested restricted stock units that were awarded on October 4, 2013, which will vest in equal annual installments over a three-year period beginning from the first anniversary of the grant date.
(10) This figure represents the total number of unvested restricted stock units that were awarded on October 4, 2013 and May 7, 2013, which will vest in equal annual installments over a three-year period beginning from the first anniversary of the grant dates.

 

63


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

We are governed by our Board of Directors. The following individuals served on our Board at the beginning of fiscal year 2013: Roger C. Holstein, Michael N. Hammes, Michael J. Herling, James W. Liken, William E. Mayer, Augustine L. Nieto II, Michael J. Regan, JoAnn A. Reed, Erin L. Russell and Michelle H. Wilver. On October 1, 2012, JoAnn A. Reed notified the Board that she would not be standing for re-election at the Company’s annual shareholders’ meeting on December 5, 2012 and her term would conclude as of that date. On October 17, 2012, the Board appointed Evan A. Marks to serve as an independent, outside Director, effective immediately. No additional remuneration is paid to our employees or to employees of Vestar or Park Avenue for their service on our Board. Accordingly, Messrs. Holstein and Mayer and Mses. Russell and Wilver were not compensated for their service on the Board during fiscal year 2013.

Effective June 28, 2013, we suspended payment of remuneration paid to independent members of the Board except for those members serving on the Special Committee. The Board members undertook this voluntary action as a means of maximizing conservation of the Company’s operating cash. The suspended remuneration will be accrued and will remain an obligation of the Company. Each independent Director receives an annual cash retainer of $35,000. In addition, the Chair of the Audit Committee receives an additional annual cash retainer of $10,000 and the Chair of each of the Compensation Committee and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee receives an additional annual cash retainer of $7,000 and $6,000, respectively. Each independent Director receives $2,000 per Committee meeting attended, whether in person or via conference call, that is not held in conjunction with a Board meeting. In addition, each independent Director is reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with his or her attendance at Board of Directors and Committee meetings.

Consistent with our historical practice, following Mr. Marks’ appointment to the Board of Directors, on November 20, 2012, the Board approved an initial award of shares of restricted stock, with a value of approximately $3,500, based on the closing price of DynaVox Class A common stock on the date of the grant. Mr. Marks’ shares of restricted stock were granted under the 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan and vest in equal annual installments over a two-year period beginning on November 20, 2012, subject to his continued service on our Board. Other than the award to Mr. Marks, the Board did not authorize any other restricted stock awards to independent Directors during fiscal year 2013.

The following table provides summary information concerning the compensation, if any, paid to or accrued in respect of the individuals serving on our Board for services rendered in such capacities during fiscal year 2013. Messrs. Holstein and Mayer and Mses. Russell and Wilver are not included in this table because we do not separately compensate them for their service on our Board.

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid
in Cash
($)
     Stock
Awards(1)
($)
    Total
($)
 

Michael N. Hammes

     45,000           45,000   

Michael J. Herling

     53,000           53,000   

James W. Liken

     44,000           44,000   

Evan A Marks

     20,291         3,500 (2)      23,791   

Augustine L. Nieto II

     37,000           37,000   

Michael J. Regan

     52,000           52,000   

JoAnn A. Reed

     28,500           28,500   

 

(1) The amounts set forth in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock awards granted in fiscal year 2013 as calculated pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC Topic 718”) based on the assumptions set forth in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 28, 2013.
(2) Includes a grant on November 20, 2012 of 10,000 shares of restricted stock with a grant date fair value of $3,500 based on the assumptions set forth in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 28, 2013.

At the end of fiscal year 2013, none of our independent Directors held outstanding awards of our Company’s stock or options, except for:

 

   

Mr. Regan who held 1,402 restricted shares which vested on the second anniversary of the initial grant date, or September 13, 2013.

 

   

Mr. Marks who held 10,000 restricted shares which vest in equal installments on the first and second anniversaries of the initial grant date, or November 20, 2013 and November 20, 2014, subject to Mr. Marks’s continued service on the Board.

 

64


Table of Contents

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

See “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matter and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities—Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans.”

Ownership of Securities

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock and of Holdings Units as of June 28, 2013 by (1) each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of any class of the outstanding voting securities of DynaVox Inc., (2) each of our Directors and named executive officers and (3) all of our Directors and executive officers as a group. Beneficial ownership reflected in the table below includes the total shares or units held by the individual and his or her personal planning vehicles. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC.

 

     Class A
Common Stock
Beneficially
Owned (1)
    Holdings Units
Beneficially
Owned (1)
    Class B
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned (2)
     Combined
Voting Power (3)
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number      %     Number      %     Number      %  

Entities affiliated with Vestar (4)

     —           —          11,539,968         38.3     2         38.3

Park Avenue Capital Partners, L.P. (5)

     —           —          1,898,019         6.3     1         6.3

Edward L. Donnelly, Jr. (6)

     25,000         *        1,719,028         5.8     1         5.8

Bradley Louis Radoff (7)

     1,075,000         9.4     —           —          —           3.6

Prescott Group Capital Management L.L.C. (8)

     688,214         6.0     —           —          —           2.3

Michelle H. Wilver (9)

     345,958         3.0     415,385         1.4     1         2.5

Robert E. Cunningham (10)

     118,725         1.0     413,803         1.4     1         1.8

Kenneth D. Misch

     91,250         *        47,583         *        1         *   

James W. Liken

     38,336         *        92,293         *        1         *   

Michael J. Regan (12)

     32,804         *        —           —          —           *   

Evan A. Marks (13)

     10,000         *        24,162         *        1         *   

Raymond J. Merk (14)

     27,070         *        —           —          —           *   

Augustine L. Nieto II (11)

     13,336         *        14,051         *        1         *   

Roger C. Holstein

     —           —          13,544         *        1         *   

Michael J. Herling

     13,336         *        13,185         *        1         *   

Michael N. Hammes

     13,336         *        —           —          —           *   

William E. Mayer

     —           —          —           —          —           —     

Erin L. Russell

     —           —          —           —          —           —     

Directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons)

     704,151         5.9     1,034,006         3.4     8         5.8

 

* Represents less than 1%.
(1) Subject to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, the Holdings Units are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement.” Beneficial ownership of Holdings Units reflected in this table has not been reflected as beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock for which such Holdings Units may be exchanged. Percentage of Holdings Units beneficially owned treats Holdings Units held by DynaVox Inc. as outstanding.
(2) Each holder of Class B common stock is entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder, to one vote for each Holdings Unit held by such holder.
(3) Represents percentage of voting power of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock of DynaVox Inc. voting together as a single class.
(4) Vestar Capital Partners IV, L.P. and VCD Investors LLC. The address of these entities is 245 Park Avenue, 41st Floor, New York, NY 10167. Vestar Associates IV, L.P. is the sole general partner of Vestar Capital Partners IV, L.P. and is also the sole general partner of Vestar Executives I.V. L.P., which in turn is the controlling member of VCD Investors LLC. The general partner of Vestar Associates IV, L.P. is Vestar Associates Corporation IV, which we refer to as VAC-IV. As such, VAC-IV has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares owned by Vestar. Daniel S. O’Connell is the sole Director of VAC-IV and as a result he may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the securities owned by Vestar Associates IV, L.P. Mr. O’Connell disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities beneficially owned by Vestar Associates IV, L.P. and VCD Investors LLC, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Each of Roger C. Holstein Evan A. Marks and Erin L. Russell disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares and any other shares held by affiliates of Vestar.

 

65


Table of Contents
(5) Park Avenue Capital Partners, L.P. (“Park Avenue”). The address of Park Avenue is 12 East 49th Street, 40th Floor, New York, NY 10017. Park Avenue Equity GP, LLC is the sole general partner of Park Avenue. PAE GP, LLC is the sole managing member of Park Avenue Equity GP, LLC. William E. Mayer is the sole managing member of PAE GP, LLC and as a result may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the securities owned by Park Avenue. Mr. Mayer disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by Park Avenue, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(6) The shares of Class B common stock and the Holdings Units presented in the foregoing table as beneficially owned by Mr. Donnelly are held by a trust for the benefit of Mr. Donnelly and his family members as to which Mr. Donnelly is the trustee.
(7) This information is primarily based upon a Schedule 13G/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 14, 2013 by Bradley Louis Radoff (the “Radoff filing”). According to the Radoff filing, Mr. Radoff has sole voting and sole dispositive power over all of the 1,075,000 Class A common shares owned by him. The address for Mr. Radoff’s principal business office is: 1177 West Loop South, Suite 1625, Houston, TX 77027.
(8) This information is primarily based upon a Schedule 13G/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 14, 2013 by Prescott Group Capital Management, L.L.C (the “Prescott Group filing”). According to the Prescott Group filing, Prescott Group Capital Management, L.L.C. has sole voting and sole dispositive power over all of the 688,214 Class A common shares owned by it. The address for Prescott Group Capital Management, L.L.C.’s principal business office is: 1924 South Utica, Suite 1120, Tulsa, OK 74104-6529.
(9) Of the shares of Class A common stock shown as beneficially owned, 299,950 are issuable upon the exercise of presently exercisable options.
(10) Of the shares of Class A common stock shown as beneficially owned, 87,475 are issuable upon the exercise of presently exercisable options.
(11) The shares and restricted shares of Class A common stock, the shares of Class B common stock and the Holdings Units presented in the foregoing table as beneficially owned by Mr. Nieto are held by a trust for the benefit of his family members for which Mr. Nieto and his wife are trustees. Mr. Nieto disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by the trust.
(12) On May 31, 2012, Mr. Regan received an award of 10,000 shares of restricted stock, all of which vested on the grant date. On September 13, 2011, Mr. Regan received an award of 2,804 shares of restricted stock, half of which have already vested.
(13) On November 20, 2012, Mr. Marks received an award of 10,000 shares of restricted stock, which vest in equal installments on the first and second anniversaries of the Grant Date.
(14) Of the shares of Class A common stock shown as beneficially owned, 7,450 are issuable upon the exercise of presently exercisable options.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Certain Relationships And Related Person Transactions

The agreements described in this section have been filed with the SEC, and the following descriptions are qualified by reference thereto.

Securityholders Agreement

In April 2010, in connection with the initial public offering, DynaVox Inc. and DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC entered into an Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement with funds affiliated with Vestar, Park Avenue and certain specified other holders of Holdings Units from time to time, including some of our executive officers.

The Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement include, until such time as the securityholders cease to own at least 25% of the total voting power of DynaVox Inc., a voting agreement pursuant to which the securityholders have agreed to vote their shares to elect the Chief Executive Officer as Director and, for so long as Vestar holds at least 10% of our total voting power, all of the remaining Directors as designated by Vestar. As of June 28, 2013, Vestar held 38.3% and the securityholders (including Vestar) held 62.1% of the total voting power of DynaVox Inc. The Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement further prescribes a minimum number of five Directors of DynaVox Inc. The Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement further provides that the securityholders shall vote their shares as directed by Vestar with respect to the approval of any amendment(s) to the organizational documents of DynaVox Inc. or DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC or a change in control transaction of DynaVox Inc. or DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC.

 

66


Table of Contents

Under the Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement, DynaVox Inc. and DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC provide to each securityholder intending to qualify as a “venture capital operating company” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101(d) and holding 5% of the total voting power of DynaVox Inc., certain inspection, information and consultation rights, subject to certain limitations.

The Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement also provides the other investors party to the agreement with “tag-along” rights in connection with certain transfers of stock of DynaVox Inc. or Holdings Units by Vestar and provides Vestar with “take-along” rights, to require such other investors to consent to a proposed sale of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC initiated by Vestar.

Exchange Agreement

In April 2010, we entered into an Exchange Agreement with the then existing owners of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC, including some of our Directors and executive officers, and, in April 2011, we amended the agreement. Under the Exchange Agreement, as amended, holders of Holdings Units (other than DynaVox Inc.) may exchange their Holdings Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for so long as Holdings Unit holders other than DynaVox Inc. hold in excess of 25% of the outstanding Holdings Units (including Holdings Units held by DynaVox Inc.), Holdings Unit holders shall only be entitled to effect exchanges on the second Friday or last day of each fiscal month of DynaVox Inc. occurring following the date of the initial filing of the registration statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-173823). Furthermore, no holder of Holdings Units will be entitled to exchange such units for shares of Class A common stock if such exchange would be prohibited under applicable federal or state securities laws or regulations.

Registration Rights Agreement

In April 2010, we entered into a registration rights agreement with our then existing owners pursuant to which we have granted them, their affiliates and certain of their transferees the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to register under the Securities Act shares of Class A common stock delivered in exchange for Holdings Units (and other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our Class A common stock) otherwise held by them. Under the registration rights agreement, we have agreed to register the exchange of Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock by our existing owners. In addition, Vestar has the right to request that we register the sale of shares of Class A common stock held six times and may require us to make available shelf registration statements permitting sales of shares of Class A common stock into the market from time to time over an extended period. In addition, our existing owners have the ability to exercise certain piggyback registration rights in respect of shares of Class A common stock held by them in connection with registered offerings requested by other registration rights holders or initiated by us.

 

67


Table of Contents

Tax Receivable Agreement

In connection with the initial public offering, we purchased Holdings Units from unitholders of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC, including some members of our senior management and Board of Directors. In addition, the remaining unitholders of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC (other than DynaVox Inc.), including some of our Directors and executive officers, may (subject to the terms of the Exchange Agreement) exchange their Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock of DynaVox Inc. on a one-for-one basis. DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC intends to have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Code effective for each taxable year in which an exchange of Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock occurs, which may result in an adjustment to the tax basis of the assets of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC at the time of an exchange of Holdings Units. As a result of both this initial purchase and these subsequent exchanges, DynaVox Inc., which we refer to as the “corporate taxpayer”, will become entitled to a proportionate share of the existing tax basis of the assets of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC. In addition, the purchase of Holdings Units and subsequent exchanges could result in increases in the tax basis of the assets of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC that otherwise would not have been available. Both this proportionate share and these increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that the corporate taxpayer would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those capital assets. The IRS may challenge all or part of the existing tax basis, tax basis increase and increased deductions, and a court could sustain such a challenge.

We have entered into a Tax Receivable Agreement with the unitholders of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC at the time of the initial public offering, including some of our Directors and executive officers, that provides for the payment from time to time by the corporate taxpayer to such unitholders of 85% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that the corporate taxpayer is deemed to realize as a result of (i) the existing tax basis in the intangible assets of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC on the date of the initial public offering, (ii) an increase in tax basis of assets of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC that otherwise would not have been available, and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement as well as certain other payments as defined by the Tax Receivable Agreement. These payment obligations are obligations of the corporate taxpayer and not of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC. For purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement, the benefit deemed realized by the corporate taxpayer will be computed by comparing the actual income tax liability of the corporate taxpayer (calculated with certain assumptions) to the amount of such taxes that the corporate taxpayer would have been required to pay had there been no increase to the tax basis of the assets of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC as a result of the purchase or exchanges, had there been no tax benefit from the tax basis in the intangible assets of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC on the date of the initial public offering and had the corporate taxpayer not entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement. The term of the Tax Receivable Agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless the corporate taxpayer exercises its right to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement for an amount based on the agreed payments remaining to be made under the agreement or the corporate taxpayer breaches any of its material obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement in which case all obligations will generally be accelerated and due as if the corporate taxpayer had exercised its right to terminate the agreement. Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement is by its nature imprecise, insofar as the calculation of amounts payable depends on a variety of factors. The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including:

 

   

the timing of exchanges—for instance, the increase in any tax deductions will vary depending on the fair value, which may fluctuate over time, of the depreciable or amortizable assets of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC at the time of each exchange;

 

   

the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange—the increase in any tax deductions, as well as the tax basis increase in other assets, of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC is directly proportional to the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange;

 

   

the extent to which such exchanges are taxable—if an exchange is not taxable for any reason, increased deductions will not be available; and

 

   

the amount and timing of our income—the corporate taxpayer will be required to pay 85% of the deemed benefits as and when deemed realized. If the corporate taxpayer does not have taxable income, the corporate taxpayer generally is not required (absent a change of control or other circumstances requiring an early termination payment) to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for that taxable year because no benefit will have been actually realized. However, any tax benefits that do not result in realized benefits in a given tax year will likely generate tax attributes that may be utilized to generate benefits in previous or future tax years. The utilization of such tax attributes will result in payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

 

68


Table of Contents

As of June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012, the estimated liability representing the expected payments due under the TRA was $-0- and $44,924, respectively. During the fiscal year ending June 27, 2014, the Company does not expect to make a payment under the TRA. During the third quarter of fiscal year 2013, the Company changed its estimate and reduced $43,884 of the estimated liability in connection with placing a substantial valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets as it was determined that it was more likely than not that the tax benefits would not be realized (See Note 8 in the consolidated financial statements). Future changes in our assessment of our ability to realize deferred tax assets would have an effect on our estimate of the TRA liability. The foregoing numbers are merely estimates—the actual payments could differ materially. It is possible that future transactions or events could increase or decrease the actual tax benefits realized and the corresponding Tax Receivable Agreement payments. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement and/or distributions to DynaVox Inc. by DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC are not sufficient to permit DynaVox Inc. to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement after it has paid taxes. The payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are not conditioned upon any person maintaining ownership in DynaVox Inc.

The effects of the Tax Receivable Agreement on our consolidated balance sheet as a result of our purchase of Holdings Units with our proceeds from the initial public offering were as follows:

 

   

we recorded an increase of $42.6 million in deferred tax assets for the estimated income tax effects of the increase in the tax basis of the assets owned by DynaVox Inc. based on enacted federal and state tax rates at the date of the transaction. To the extent we estimate that we will not realize the full benefit represented by the deferred tax asset, based on an analysis of expected future earnings, we will reduce the deferred tax asset with a valuation allowance;

 

   

we recorded 85% of the estimated realizable tax benefit resulting from (i) the tax basis in the intangible assets of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC on the date of the initial public offering, (ii) the increase in the tax basis of the purchased interests as noted above and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement as an increase of $40.9 million payable to related parties pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement; and

 

   

we recorded an increase to additional paid-in capital in an amount equal to the difference between the increase in deferred tax assets and the increase in liability under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

The amounts recorded for both the deferred tax assets and the liability for our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement have been estimated. All of the effects of changes in any of our estimates after the date of the purchase will be included in net income. Similarly, the effect of subsequent changes in the enacted tax rates will be included in net income.

During fiscal year 2013, the Company recorded a net decrease of $0.5 million to the TRA liability resulting from an increase of $0.1 million related to the exchange of 107,465 units of DynaVox Holdings for Class A Common Stock and a decrease of $0.6 million due to the effect of a state deferred tax rate change. The increase of $0.1 million represents 85% of the estimated tax benefits related to an increase in tax basis resulting from these exchanges and other estimated payments under the TRA. This has been recorded as less than $.01 million decrease to the long-term deferred tax asset and the remainder has been recorded as an adjustment to equity. The $0.6 million related to the state deferred tax rate change has been recorded in other income as a relief from an obligation.

The Tax Receivable Agreement provides that, upon certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, the corporate taxpayer’s (or its successor’s) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired Holdings Units (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) would be based on certain assumptions, including that the corporate taxpayer would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement. Upon a subsequent actual exchange, any additional increase in tax deductions, tax basis and other benefits in excess of the amounts assumed at the change in control will also result in payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. As a result, we could be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement that are greater than the specified percentage of the actual benefits we realize. Moreover, if we elect to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement early for reasons other than for a change in control that is not a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, we would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value (calculated utilizing a discount rate equal to LIBOR plus 100 basis points) of the anticipated future tax benefits. In addition to the assumption that the corporate taxpayer would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits, this upfront payment would be calculated based upon additional assumptions, including that any Holdings Units that had not then been exchanged would be deemed to be exchanged for the market value of the Class A common stock at the time of the termination and that the tax rates for future years would be those specified in the law as in effect at the time of termination. In any of these situations, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement could be significant and significantly in excess of any tax benefits that we realize.

Effective October 18, 2013 the Tax Receivable Agreement was amended so that the agreement would terminate with no further obligations owed by DynaVox Inc. to its pre-IPO owners upon a change in control other than a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Decisions made by our existing owners or management who entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement in the course of running our business, such as with respect to mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes in control, may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by an existing owner or member of management under the Tax Receivable Agreement. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following an exchange or acquisition transaction will generally accelerate payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and increase the present value of such payments, and the disposition of assets before an exchange or acquisition transaction will increase the tax liability of a unitholder of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC without giving rise to any rights of such unitholder to receive payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

 

69


Table of Contents

Payments are generally due under the Tax Receivable Agreement within a specified period of time following the filing of our tax return for the taxable year with respect to which the payment obligation arises, although interest on such payments will begin to accrue at a rate of LIBOR plus 100 basis points from the due date (without extensions) of such tax return. In certain circumstances, we may defer that portion of our payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement that is attributable to the tax basis in the assets of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC on the date of the initial public offering or to increases in tax basis arising from such payments, but only to the extent DynaVox Inc. does not have available cash to satisfy its payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Such deferred payments would accrue interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 500 basis points.

Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge a tax basis increase, the corporate taxpayer will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the Tax Receivable Agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement in excess of the benefits that the corporate taxpayer actually realizes in respect of (i) the existing tax basis in the intangible assets of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC on the date of our IPO, (ii) the increases in tax basis resulting from our purchases or exchanges of Holdings Units and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement

DynaVox Inc. holds Holdings Units and is the sole managing member of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC. Accordingly, DynaVox Inc. operates and controls all of the business and affairs of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC and, through DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC and its operating entity subsidiaries, conducts our business.

Pursuant to the Limited Liability Company Agreement of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC, including some of our Directors and executive officers, DynaVox Inc. has the right to determine when distributions will be made to unitholders of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC and the amount of any such distributions. If a distribution is authorized, such distribution will be made to the unitholders of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests.

The unitholders of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC, including DynaVox Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC. Net profits and net losses of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC will generally be allocated to its unitholders (including DynaVox Inc.) pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests. The Limited Liability Company Agreement of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC provides for cash distributions, which we refer to as “tax distributions,” to the holders of the Holdings Units. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on our estimate of the taxable income of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC allocable to holders of Holdings Units multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in New York, New York (taking into account the character of our income). Tax distributions will be made only to the extent all distributions from DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC for the relevant year were insufficient to cover such estimated tax liabilities.

The Limited Liability Company Agreement of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC also provides that substantially all expenses incurred by or attributable to DynaVox Inc. (such as expenses incurred in connection with our initial public offering), but not including obligations incurred under the Tax Receivable Agreement by DynaVox Inc., income tax expenses of DynaVox Inc. and payments on indebtedness incurred by DynaVox Inc., are to be borne by DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws provide that we will indemnify our Directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which we refer to as the DGCL. In addition, our Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that our Directors will not be liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty.

In addition, we entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and Directors. The indemnification agreements provide the executive officers and Directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL.

There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our Directors or officers to which indemnification is being sought, and we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any Director or officer.

 

70


Table of Contents

Director Independence

Each of Messrs. Hammes, Herling, Liken, Nieto and Regan are independent as such term is defined under Section 5605(a)(2) of the NASDAQ Listing Rules. DynaVox Inc. is no longer required to comply with the NASDAQ listing standards including the independence requirements. For information about the independence of Audit Committee members, see “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance – Audit Committee Membership.”

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

In connection with the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements for the fiscal year ended June 28, 2013, we entered into an agreement with Deloitte & Touche LLP which sets forth the terms by which Deloitte & Touche LLP performed audit services for the Company.

The following table presents fees for professional services rendered by Deloitte & Touche LLP for the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements for the fiscal years ended June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012 and fees billed for other services rendered by Deloitte & Touche LLP for those periods:

 

     (dollars in thousands)  
     Fiscal Year Ended 
June 28, 2013
     Fiscal Year Ended 
June 29, 2012
 

Audit fees(1)

   $ 703       $ 621   

Audit-related fees(2)

     —           10   

Tax fees(3)

     316         303   

All other fees

     —           —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,019       $ 934   

 

(1) Fees for audit services billed in the fiscal years ended June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012 consisted of the following: audit of the Company’s annual financial statements, reviews of the Company’s quarterly financial statements and statutory and regulatory audits.
(2) Fees for audit-related services in fiscal 2012 are those related to the Company’s SEC Comment Letter, dated March 7, 2012.
(3) Fees for tax services billed in the fiscal years ended June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012 consisted of tax compliance and tax planning and advice.

The Audit Committee considered whether providing the non-audit services shown in this table was compatible with maintaining Deloitte & Touche LLP’s independence and concluded that it was.

Consistent with SEC policies regarding auditor independence and the Audit Committee’s Charter, the Audit Committee has responsibility for engaging, setting compensation for and reviewing the performance of the independent registered public accounting firm. In exercising this responsibility, the Audit Committee pre-approves all audit and permitted non-audit services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm prior to each engagement. Each year, the Board approves an annual budget as determined by the Audit Committee for such permitted non-audit services and requires the independent registered public accounting firm and management to report actual fees versus the budget periodically throughout the year. The Audit Committee has pre-approved several enumerated permitted services, subject to the approval of the Chief Financial Officer, the Corporate Controller and/or the Chair of the Audit Committee, as applicable. The Audit Committee may form and delegate to subcommittees consisting of one or more of its members who are independent Directors the authority to pre-approve services to be provided by the independent auditors so long as the pre-approvals are presented to the full Audit Committee at a later time.

 

71


Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)(1) Financial Statements

See Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

The following consolidated financial statement schedules of DynaVox Inc. are set forth immediately following the signature page of this report.

Schedule II— Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended July 1, 2011, June 29, 2012 and June 28, 2013.

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.

(a)(3) Exhibits

See Exhibit Index.

 

72


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

DYNAVOX INC.
By:  

/S/ MICHELLE H. WILVER

 

Michelle H. Wilver

President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: November 21, 2013

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Date

  

Title

/S/ MICHELLE H. WILVER

Michelle H. Wilver

   November 21, 2013   

President and Chief Executive Officer; Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

/S/ RAYMOND J. MERK

Raymond J. Merk

  

November 21, 2013

 

  

Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary

(Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer)

/S/ ROGER C. HOLSTEIN

Roger C. Holstein

   November 21, 2013    Director

/s/ Evan A. Marks

Evan A. Marks

   November 21, 2013    Director

/S/ ERIN L. RUSSELL

Erin L. Russell

   November 21, 2013    Director

/S/ WILLIAM E. MAYER

William E. Mayer

   November 21, 2013    Director

/S/ AUGUSTINE NIETO II

Augustine Nieto II

   November 21, 2013    Director

/S/ JAMES W. LIKEN

James W. Liken

   November 21, 2013    Director

/S/ MICHAEL J. HERLING

Michael J. Herling

   November 21, 2013    Director

/S/ MICHAEL N. HAMMES

Michael N. Hammes

   November 21, 2013    Director

/S/ MICHAEL J. REGAN

Michael J. Regan

   November 21, 2013    Director

 

73


Table of Contents

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualfiying Accounts for the years ended June 28, 2013, June 29, 2012 and July 1, 2011.

 

     Balance at
Beginning of
Period
     Charged to
Cost and
Expense
     Deductions     Balance at
End of
Period
 
     (Amounts in Thousands)  

YEAR ENDED JULY 1, 2011

          

Allowance for doubtful trade accounts

   $ 1,393       $ 1,869       $ (1,034   $ 2,228   

YEAR ENDED JUNE 29, 2012

          

Allowance for doubtful trade accounts

   $ 2,228       $ 2,730       $ (3,448   $ 1,510   

YEAR ENDED JUNE 28, 2013

          

Allowance for doubtful trade accounts

   $ 1,510       $ 2,125       $ (1,765   $ 1,870   

Allowance for deferred tax asset valuation

   $ 1,543       $ 50,698       $      $ 52,241   


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DYNAVOX INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-1   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-2   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

DynaVox Inc.

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of DynaVox Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Corporation”) as of June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the fiscal years ended June 28, 2013, June 29, 2012, and July 1, 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Corporation is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Corporation as of June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the fiscal years ended June 28, 2013, June 29, 2012, and July 1, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Corporation will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Corporation’s default under the 2008 Credit Facility and the continuing decline in revenue, earnings, and cash flows from historical levels raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans concerning these matters are also discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Our audits were conducted for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole. The consolidated financial statement schedule listed in Item 15 is presented for the purpose of additional analysis and is not a required part of the basic financial statements. This schedule is the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Such information has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in our audits of the basic consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, is fairly stated in all material respects when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

November 21, 2013

 

F-1


Table of Contents

DYNAVOX INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     June 28,
2013
    June 29,
2012
 

ASSETS

    

CURRENT ASSETS:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,101      $ 17,944   

Trade receivables - net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,870 and $1,510 as of June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012, respectively

     9,149        14,864   

Other receivables

     197        253   

Inventories

     2,469        5,401   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,818        1,055   

Deferred taxes

     21        685   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     18,755        40,202   

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT - Net

     1,204        2,890   

INTANGIBLES - Net

     14,198        22,941   

DEFERRED TAXES

            48,709   

OTHER ASSETS

     784        1,499   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 34,941      $ 116,241   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

    

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ 15,226      $   

Note payable

     252     

Trade accounts payable

     2,906        4,900   

Deferred revenue

     1,436        1,693   

Payable to related parties pursuant to tax receivable agreement

            492   

Other liabilities

     5,835        7,503   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     25,655        14,588   

LONG-TERM DEBT

            31,200   

DEFERRED TAXES

     136          

PAYABLE TO RELATED PARTIES PURSUANT TO TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

            44,432   

OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

     1,382        1,956   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     27,173        92,176   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 10)

    

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

    

Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 11,414,269 shares issued and 11,402,867 outstanding at June 28, 2013; 11,056,335 shares issued and 11,053,531 outstanding at June 29, 2012

     115        111   

Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 1,000,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued, and 89 and 90 shares outstanding, at June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012, respectively

              

Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, 100,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding at June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012

              

Additional paid-in capital

     24,073        24,304   

Accumulated deficit

     (24,445     (14,915

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (83     (60
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) attributable to DynaVox Inc.

     (340     9,440   

Non-controlling interest

     8,170        14,712   

Non-controlling interest shareholder notes

     (62     (87
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     7,768        24,065   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 34,941      $ 116,241   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

DYNAVOX INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended
June 28,

2013
    Year Ended
June 29,

2012
    Year Ended
July 1,

2011
 

NET SALES

   $ 64,953      $ 97,318      $ 108,103   

COST OF SALES

     19,021        27,563        32,251   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

GROSS PROFIT

     45,932        69,755        75,852   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES:

      

Selling and marketing

     23,018        34,048        35,567   

Research and development

     6,761        7,126        9,888   

General and administrative

     16,470        18,816        18,480   

Amortization of certain intangibles

     765        405        445   

Impairment loss

     7,594        66,901        1,262   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     54,608        127,296        65,642   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS

     (8,676     (57,541     10,210   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):

      

Interest income

     38        28        36   

Interest expense

     (1,998     (2,288     (2,650

Change in fair value and net loss on interest rate swap agreements

                   (81

Other income (expense) — net

     44,351        (134     513   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense) — net

     42,391        (2,394     (2,182
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

     33,715        (59,935     8,028   

INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)

     49,665        (3,605     1,361   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE CONTROLLING AND NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS

   $ (15,950   $ (56,330   $ 6,667   

Less: net (income) loss attributable to the non-controlling interests

     6,420        37,880        (5,438
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO DYNAVOX INC.

   $ (9,530   $ (18,450   $ 1,229   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding:

      

Basic

     11,295,501        10,494,500        9,375,824   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     11,295,501        10,494,500        9,375,898   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to Class A common stock per share:

      

Basic

   $ (0.84   $ (1.76   $ 0.13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (0.84   $ (1.76   $ 0.13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

DYNAVOX INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In thousands)

 

     DynaVox Inc.      Non-controlling Interests      Total  
     Year Ended      Year Ended      Year Ended  
     June 28,
2013
    June 29,
2012
    July 1,
2011
     June 28,
2013
    June 29,
2012
    July 1,
2011
     June 28,
2013
    June 29,
2012
    July 1,
2011
 

NET INCOME (LOSS)

   $ (9,530   $ (18,450   $ 1,229       $ (6,420   $ (37,880   $ 5,438       $ (15,950   $ (56,330   $ 6,667   

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS), NET OF TAX:

                    

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION ADJUSTMENTS

     (23     (39     28         (34     (69     59         (57     (108     87   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

   $ (9,553   $ (18,489   $ 1,257       $ (6,454   $ (37,949   $ 5,497       $ (16,007   $ (56,438   $ 6,754   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

DYNAVOX INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Dollars in thousands)

 

                                      Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Non-
Controlling
Interest
    Non-
Controlling
Interest
Shareholder
Notes
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
                                             
     Common A shares      Common B shares      Additional            
     Number
of Units
            Number
of Units
           Paid-in            
        Amount        Amount      Capital            

BALANCE - July 2, 2010

     9,383,335       $ 94         100      $       $ 24,205      $ 2,306      $ (46   $ 51,392      $ (87   $ 77,864   

Equity-based compensation expense

                                    2,124                                    2,124   

Equity distributions

                                    (4,185                                 (4,185

Adjustment to give effect of the tax receivable agreement with DynaVox Holdings

                                    20                                    20   

Purchase of subsidiary shares from non-controlling interest

                                    64                      (92            (28

Net income

                                           1,229               5,438               6,667   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                                                  28        59               87   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE - July 1, 2011

     9,383,335       $ 94         100      $       $ 22,228      $ 3,535      $ (18   $ 56,797      $ (87   $ 82,549   

Equity-based compensation expense

                                    2,137                                    2,137   

Equity distributions

                                    (3,197                                 (3,197

Allocation of deferred tax assets and liabilities

                                    440                                    440   

Adjustment to give effect of the tax receivable agreement with DynaVox Holdings

                                    (1,418                                 (1,418

Purchase of subsidiary shares from non-controlling interest

                                    13                      (22            (9

Issuance of restricted Common A shares

     68,345         1                                                           1   

Exchange of subsidiary shares from non-controlling interest

     1,601,851         16         (10             4,101               (3     (4,114              

Net loss

                                           (18,450            (37,880            (56,330

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                                                  (39     (69            (108
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE - June 29, 2012

     11,053,531       $ 111         90      $       $ 24,304      $ (14,915   $ (60   $ 14,712      $ (87   $ 24,065   

Equity-based compensation expense

                                    1,381                                    1,381   

Equity distributions

                                    (1,576                                 (1,576

Reduction of non-controlling interest shareholder notes

                                    (10                          25        15   

Allocation of deferred tax assets and liabilities

                                    34                                    34   

Adjustment to give effect of the tax receivable agreement with DynaVox Holdings

                                    (125                                 (125

Purchase of subsidiary shares from non-controlling interest

                                    8                      (7            1   

Issuance of restricted Common A shares, net of shares withheld

     241,871         2                        (22                                 (20

Exchange of subsidiary shares from non-controlling interest

     107,465         2         (1             79            (81         

Net loss

                                           (9,530            (6,420            (15,950

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                                                  (23     (34            (57
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE - June 28, 2013

     11,402,867       $ 115         89      $       $ 24,073      $ (24,445   $ (83   $ 8,170      $ (62   $ 7,768   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

DYNAVOX INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended
June 28,
2013
    Year Ended
June 29,
2012
    Year Ended
July 1,
2011
 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net income (loss) attributable to the controlling and non-controlling interests

   $ (15,950   $ (56,330   $ 6,667   

Depreciation

     1,931        2,985        3,377   

Amortization of certain intangibles

     1,242        854        981   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     680        680        658   

Equity-based compensation expense

     1,381        2,137        2,124   

Change in fair value of interest rate swaps

                   (631

Bad debt expense

     2,125        2,730        1,869   

Change in fair value of acquisition contingencies

     10        32        (259

Deferred taxes

     49,503        (3,788     956   

Change in payable to related parties pursuant to tax receivable agreement

     (44,459              

Loss on disposal of assets

     60        24          

Impairment loss

     7,594        66,901        1,262   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Trade receivables

     3,645        1,147        (2,589

Inventories

     2,932        (525     1,931   

Other assets

     (729     319        (166

Deferred revenue

     (327     41        224   

Trade accounts payable

     (1,990     (1,711     1,387   

Accrued compensation

     (2,172     227        (4,392

Accrued interest

     110        7        (37

Related-party payable

     0        0        (181

Tax receivable agreement

     (552     (129     (1,135

Disbursements on derivative instruments

                   (712

Other-net

     153        34        495   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     5,187        15,635        11,829   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      

Purchase of property and equipment

     (418     (541     (3,205

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     16        80        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (402     (461     (3,196
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Borrowings under debt agreements

     431                 

Repayments of debt agreements

     (16,157     (5,000     (11,961

Deferred financing costs

                   (149

Payment on acquisition contingencies

     (270     (1,087     (1,003

Equity distributions

     (1,576     (3,197     (4,185

Redemption of management and common units

     1        (9     (28
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (17,571     (9,293     (17,326
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EFFECT OF CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (57     (108     87   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (12,843     5,773        (8,606

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:

      

Beginning of year

     17,944        12,171        20,777   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year

   $ 5,101      $ 17,944      $ 12,171   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

      

Net interest paid

   $ 1,161      $ 1,578      $ 1,970   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income taxes paid

   $ 306      $ 494      $ 930   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH OPERATING, INVESTING & FINANCING INFORMATION:

      

Prepaid insurance (Operating)

   $ 360      $ 3      $ 76   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued capital costs (Investing)

   $ 3      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing under insurance agreement (Financing)

   $ 252      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

DYNAVOX INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except unit, share and per share amounts)

1. ORGANIZATION

DynaVox Inc. (the “Corporation”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on December 16, 2009 for the purpose of facilitating an initial public offering (“IPO”) of common equity and to become the sole managing member of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC and subsidiaries (“DynaVox Holdings”). As the sole managing member of DynaVox Holdings, the Corporation operates and controls all of the business and affairs of DynaVox Holdings and, through DynaVox Holdings and its subsidiaries, conducts our business. The Corporation consolidates the financial results of DynaVox Holdings and its subsidiaries, and records non-controlling interest for the economic interest in DynaVox Holdings held by the non-controlling unit holders.

The Corporation and subsidiaries design, manufacture, and distribute electronic and symbol-based augmentative communication equipment, software, and services in the United States and internationally. Products include assistive technology speech devices, proprietary symbols, books, and software programs to aid in the communication skills of individuals affected by speech disabilities as a result of traumatic, degenerative, or congenital conditions.

Collectively, the Corporation and DynaVox Holdings are referred to hereinafter as “the Company”.

Non-Controlling Interest

The Corporation consolidates the financial results of DynaVox Holdings and its subsidiaries, and records non-controlling interest for the economic interest in the Corporation held by the non-controlling unitholders. Non-controlling interest on the statements of operations represents the portion of earnings or loss attributable to the economic interest in the Corporation held by the non-controlling unitholders. Non-controlling interest on the balance sheet represents the portion of net assets of the Corporation attributable to the non-controlling unitholders, based on the portion of the Holdings Units owned by such unitholders. The non-controlling interest ownership percentage as of June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012 is calculated as follows:

 

     Non-controlling
Unitholders
Holdings Units
    DynaVox Inc.
Issued
Common Shares
    Total*  

June 28, 2013

     18,685,958        11,414,269        30,100,227   

June 29, 2012

     18,803,832        11,056,335        29,860,167   

Ownership percentage:

      

June 28, 2013

     62.1     37.9     100.0

June 29, 2012

     63.0     37.0     100.0

 

* Assumes all of the holders of Holdings Units exchange their Holdings Units for shares of the Corporation’s Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis

Tax Receivable Agreement

DynaVox Holdings has made and intends to make an election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) effective for each taxable year in which an exchange of Holdings Units into shares of Class A common stock occurs, which may result in an adjustment to the tax basis of the assets of DynaVox Holdings at the time of an exchange of Holdings Units. As a result of both the initial purchase of Holdings Units from the DynaVox Holdings owners in connection with the April 2010 initial public offering (“IPO”) and these subsequent exchanges, DynaVox Inc. will become entitled to a proportionate share of the existing tax basis of the assets of DynaVox Holdings. In addition, the purchase of Holdings Units and subsequent exchanges could result in increases in the tax basis of the assets of DynaVox Holdings that otherwise would not have been available. Both this proportionate share and these increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that DynaVox Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those capital assets.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

The Corporation entered into a tax receivable agreement (“TRA”) with the DynaVox Holdings owners that will provide for the payment by DynaVox Inc. to the DynaVox Holdings owners an amount equal to 85% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that DynaVox Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of (i) the existing tax basis in the intangible assets of DynaVox Holdings on the date of the IPO, (ii) these increases in tax basis and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. These payment obligations are obligations of DynaVox Inc. and not of DynaVox Holdings. Payments are anticipated to be made annually over approximately 30 years, commencing from the date of each event that gives rise to the TRA benefits, beginning with the date of the closing of the IPO. The payments are made in accordance with the terms of the TRA. The timing of payments is subject to certain contingencies including DynaVox Inc. having sufficient taxable income to utilize all of the tax benefits defined in the TRA. For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, the benefit deemed realized by DynaVox Inc. will be computed by comparing the actual income tax liability of DynaVox Inc. (calculated with certain assumptions) to the amount of such taxes that DynaVox Inc. would have been required to pay had there been no increase to the tax basis of the assets of DynaVox Holdings as a result of the purchase or exchanges, had there been no tax benefit from the tax basis in the intangible assets of DynaVox Holdings on the date of the IPO and had DynaVox Inc. not entered into the tax receivable agreement. The term of the tax receivable agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless DynaVox Inc. exercises its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement for an amount based on the agreed payments remaining to be made under the agreement or DynaVox Inc. breaches any of its material obligations under the tax receivable agreement in which case all obligations will generally be accelerated and due as if DynaVox Inc. had exercised its right to terminate the agreement.

During fiscal year 2013, the Company recorded a net decrease of $470 to the TRA liability resulting from an increase of $105 related to the exchange of 107,465 units of DynaVox Holdings for Class A Common Stock and a decrease of $575 due to the effect of a state deferred tax rate change. The increase of $105 represents 85% of the estimated tax benefits related to an increase in tax basis resulting from these exchanges and other estimated payments under the TRA. This has been recorded as a $21 decrease to the long-term deferred tax asset and the remainder has been recorded as an adjustment to equity. The $575 related to the state deferred tax rate change has been recorded in other income as a relief from an obligation.

During fiscal year 2012, the Company recorded an increase to the TRA liability of $5,263 related to the exchange of 1,601,851 units of DynaVox Holdings for Class A common stock. This increase represents 85% of the estimated tax benefits related to an increase in tax basis resulting from these exchanges and other estimated payments under the TRA. This has been recorded as a $3,845 increase to the long-term deferred tax asset and the remainder has been recorded as an adjustment to equity.

As of June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012, the estimated liability representing the expected payments due under the TRA was $- and $44,924, respectively. During the third quarter of fiscal year 2013, the Company changed its estimate and reduced $43,884 of the estimated liability in connection with placing a substantial valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets as it was determined that it was more likely than not that the tax benefits would not be realized (See Note 8). The change in the liability was recorded as income through Other income (expense) – net on the consolidated statement of operations. Future changes in our assessment of our ability to realize deferred tax assets would have an effect on our estimate of the TRA liability. If we were to determine that a reduction to our valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets was necessary because it was more likely than not that we would realize the tax benefits, we would record a corresponding increase to our TRA liability.

To determine the current amount of the payments due to DynaVox Holdings owners under the tax receivable agreement, the Company estimated the amount of taxable income that DynaVox Inc. has generated over the previous fiscal year. Next, the Company estimated the amount of the specified TRA deductions at year end. This was used as a basis for determining the amount of tax reduction that generates a TRA obligation. In turn, this was used to calculate the estimated payments due under the TRA that the Company expects to pay in the next fiscal year. These calculations are performed pursuant to the terms of the TRA. As noted above, the Company does not expect to make a payment under the TRA during fiscal year 2014.

The Company accounts for the income tax effects and corresponding TRA effects as a result of the initial purchase and sale of the units of DynaVox Holdings in connection with the IPO and subsequent exchanges of Holdings Units for the Company’s Class A common shares by recognizing a deferred tax asset for the estimated income tax effects of the increase in the tax basis of the assets owned by DynaVox Holdings, based upon enacted tax rates at the date of the transaction, less any tax valuation allowance the Company believes is required. The tax effects of transactions with stockholders that result in a change in the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities will be recognized in equity.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

2. OPERATING MATTERS AND GOING CONCERN UNCERTAINTY

The Company has experienced a decline in revenue, earnings, and cash flows from historical levels. During the third quarter, the Company violated the Net Senior Debt to EBITDA financial covenant under its credit agreement ( the “2008 Credit Facility”) and has received a Notice of Events of Default; Reservation of Rights (“Default Notice”) from GE Business Financial Services Inc., as Agent. The Default Notice stated that the lenders were not required to make further loans or incur further obligations under the revolving loan portion of the 2008 Credit Facility and were entitled to exercise any and all default-related rights and remedies under the agreement. Included in these rights and remedies, the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding principal amount under the 2008 Credit Facility, absent a forbearance agreement, could have accelerated our obligations under the agreement and required payment of the full outstanding principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest.

In July 2013, the Company entered into a forbearance agreement (the “Forbearance Agreement) with the lenders, pursuant to which they agreed to forbear from exercising their default-related rights and remedies under the 2008 Credit Facility for a specified period of time pending certain terms and conditions are met by the Company. Specifically, the terms and conditions of the Forbearance Agreement require that the Company either sell the business or recapitalize the outstanding debt under acceptable terms as specified in the Forbearance Agreement and make specified payments to the lenders. Unless the Forbearance Agreement is extended beyond the current December 6, 2013 termination date, the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding principal amount under the 2008 Credit Facility can accelerate our obligations under the agreement and require payment of the full outstanding principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest as of December 7, 2013. Also, the interest rate on the debt was increased to the default rate of our current rate plus 2% as of April 4, 2013. The default rate was 6.2% effective April 4, 2013.

At June 28, 2013, the entire amount outstanding under the 2008 Credit Facility of $15,226 has been recorded as a current liability as the lenders may accelerate the obligations under the 2008 Credit Facility. In addition, the 2008 Credit Facility matures on June 23, 2014 and requires repayment of the $15,226 on or before the maturity date. The Company does not have sufficient cash resources to pay the amount that would become payable, in the event of an acceleration of these amounts, or upon the June 23, 2014 maturity date.

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern; however, our default under the 2008 Credit Facility and the continuing decline of our operating performance and cash flows raise substantial doubt about our ability to do so. Other than described above, our financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result should we be unable to continue as a going concern. The Company has engaged an investment banking firm to advise the Company on strategic alternatives, including identifying and evaluating a potential business sale or recapitalization transaction. The Company plans to abide by the terms of the Forbearance Agreement and undertake the activities required to sell the business or recapitalize the outstanding debt. There can be no assurances however, that the Company can execute on such activities in a timely manner or can effect a strategic alternative at terms and in a timeframe that would be acceptable to the lenders.

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation—The consolidated financial statements include domestic and foreign subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). At June 28, 2013, the Company operated in one reportable segment.

Use of Estimates—The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Significant estimates include revenue recognition, trade receivables and related allowances, equity-based compensation, deferred tax assets, the TRA and fair value measures for indefinite-lived intangible assets and other long-lived assets used in the Company’s initial recording and evaluation of impairment for such assets. Actual outcomes could differ from these estimates.

Fiscal Year End—The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Friday closest to June 30, resulting in either a 52-or 53-week year. The fiscal years ended June 28, 2013 (“2013”), June 29, 2012 (“2012”) and July 1, 2011 (“2011”) were each 52 weeks.

Foreign Currency Translation—The Company’s foreign operations use their local currency as their functional currency. Financial statements of foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars using year-end exchange rates for assets and liabilities and average exchange rates for the period for revenues and expenses. Resulting net translation adjustments are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in other income (expense)—net in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Cash and Cash Equivalents—Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand and cash deposited at domestic and international financial institutions and short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less. The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value.

Inventories—Inventory costs include material, labor, and overhead, and are stated at the lower of first-in, first-out cost or market value. The Company adjusts the cost basis of inventory for obsolete and slow-moving inventory. Slow-moving inventory consists primarily of spare parts used for repairs of discontinued products. The adjustments are estimated by evaluating historical usage of parts on hand and the expected future use of such parts.

Property and Equipment—Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Assets recorded under leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of their useful lives or the related lease terms by the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives for molds, machinery, and equipment are 3 to 5 years. The estimated useful lives for computer and related equipment are 3 to 5 years. The estimated useful lives for furniture and fixtures are 5 to 10 years. Software is amortized on a straight-line basis, or on an accelerated basis if deemed more appropriate, as described in Software Development Costs discussion below.

Software Development Costs—Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Development of computer software to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed is subject to capitalization beginning when a product’s technological feasibility has been established and ending when a product is available for general release to customers. Costs incurred before technological feasibility has been reached are expensed as research and development. Enhancements to software products are capitalized where such enhancements extend the life or significantly expand the marketability of the products. Amortization of capitalized software development costs is determined separately for each software product. Annual amortization expense is calculated based on the greater of (a) the ratio of current gross revenues for each product to the total of current anticipated future gross revenues for the product or (b) the straight-line method over the estimated economic life of the product.

Unamortized capitalized software costs associated with commercial software products are regularly evaluated for impairment on a product-by-product basis by a comparison of the unamortized balance to the product’s net realizable value. The net realizable value is the estimated future gross revenues from that product reduced by the related estimated future costs. When the unamortized balance exceeds the net realizable value, the unamortized balance is written down to the net realizable value and an impairment loss is recorded.

The Company capitalizes costs incurred to develop internal-use computer software. Internal and external costs incurred in connection with development of upgrades or enhancements that result in additional functionality are also capitalized. These capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software. Purchased software is capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of the software.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets—The Company assesses long-lived assets and intangible assets, other than intangible assets with indefinite lives, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset or group of assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is determined by comparing the net carrying value to the sum of the estimated future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by these assets. The amount of impairment loss, if any, is measured by the difference between the net carrying value and the estimated fair value of the asset.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets—Goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets of acquired businesses. Intangible assets acquired in business combinations are recorded based upon their fair value at the date of acquisition.

Goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives, consisting of certain symbols and trade names, are reviewed at least annually, or when events or other changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. If the carrying value of goodwill or the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized as a non-cash charge. The Company uses the end of its fiscal year for the annual test and has one reporting unit.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

The Company also has finite-lived intangible assets comprised of acquired software technology, acquired patents, internally developed patents, and trade names, which are typically amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Acquired software technology is typically amortized over 3 to 10 years, acquired patents are amortized over the life of the patent, internally developed patents are amortized over their useful life, and trade names are amortized over 3 years. Amortization related to acquired software technology and trade names are included in cost of sales. Amortization related to patents is included in operating expenses.

Trade Receivables and Related Allowances—Trade receivables are recorded at the estimated net realizable amounts from customers. A contractual allowance is recorded at the time the related sale is recognized for customers that have negotiated contractual reimbursement rates, such as insurance companies. Adjustments for contractual allowances are recorded as a reduction of net sales in the consolidated statements of operations. An allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded based on historical experience, payor mix, and the aging of its accounts receivable. Adjustments for the allowance for doubtful accounts are recorded as a component of operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Revenue Recognition—The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price to the customer is fixed or determinable, and the collectability is probable. The Company’s revenue is derived from the following sales:

Sales of speech generating devices with embedded software (“Devices”): These hardware Devices have preinstalled software that is essential to the functionality of the device. Revenue for the entire device (hardware and software) is recognized upon transfer of title and risk of loss. The Company typically provides a limited one-year warranty on the hardware for these Devices.

Revenue derived from sales being funded by certain payors, mainly Medicare and Medicaid, is recognized upon receipt of the shipment by the customer, as risk of loss does not pass until customer receipt. Revenue derived from sales to other customers is recognized upon product shipment to the customer when title and risk of loss to the product transfers.

The Company’s revenues are recorded, net of a contractual allowance for adjustments at the time of sale based on contractual arrangements with insurance companies, Medicare allowable billing rates, and state Medicaid fee schedules.

In connection with sales of Devices, technical support is provided to customers, including customers of resellers, at no additional charge. This post-sale technical support consists primarily of telephone support services and online chat. To ensure our customers obtain the right devices, a significant amount of our customer support effort, including demonstrations, information, documentation and support, and for some potential customers, the use of a no-charge loaner device for a trial basis, are delivered prior to the sale of a Device. As the fee for technical support is included in the initial fee for the Device, the technical support and services provided post-sale are provided within one year, the estimated cost of providing such support is deemed insignificant and unspecified upgrades and enhancements are minimal and infrequent, technical support revenues are recognized together with the Device revenue. Costs associated with the post-sale technical support are accrued at the time of the sale and are not significant.

Sales of extended warranties for Devices: These service agreements provide separately priced extended warranty coverage for a one to four-year period, beyond the standard one-year warranty, on the Devices. This service revenue is deferred and recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the extended warranty period. On occasion, the Company may offer to provide additional years of a warranty at no additional cost to the customer. Under this promotion the deliverables are accounted for under revenue recognition guidance for multiple element arrangements. As fair value can be established for each element, the total sales price is allocated to each deliverable based on the relative fair value method. The fair value allocated to the additional years of service is deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the extended warranty period.

Sales of communication and learning software: These software sales relate to communication and learning software sold to customers for use on personal computers (“Software”). This Software does not require significant production, modification, or customization for functionality. Revenue is recognized upon transfer of title and risk of loss. In connection with the sale of Software, technical support is provided to customers, at no additional charge. This post-sale technical support consists primarily of telephone support services and online chat. In addition, as part of its technical support, the Company provides updates on a when-and-if-available basis, which are limited to periodic bug fixes that provide no new functionality or features. As the fee for technical support is included in the initial fee for the Software, the technical support and services provided post-sale are provided within one year and the estimated cost of providing such support is deemed insignificant and infrequent, technical support revenues are recognized together with the Software revenue. Costs associated with the post-sale technical support are accrued at the time of the sale and are not significant.

Subscription arrangements for online content: These subscription arrangements provide customers the ability to collaborate and share content in a web-based platform. This subscription revenue is deferred and recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the subscription agreement.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Royalty payments from third-party use of the Company’s proprietary symbols: These royalty payments relate to the licensing of the Company’s proprietary symbols to third parties for use in third-party products. These revenues are based on negotiated contract terms with third parties that require royalty payments based on actual third-party usage. This royalty revenue is recognized based on the third-party usage under the contract terms.

Non-income related taxes collected from customers and remitted to government authorities are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as accounts receivable and accrued expenses. The collection and payment of these amounts is reported on a net basis in the consolidated statements of operations and does not impact reported revenues or expenses.

Warranty Costs—The Company’s products are covered by warranties against defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from the date of sale. Estimated warranty costs are recorded at the time of sale. The warranty reserve is estimated by evaluating historical warranty costs and the number of products sold. Costs for warranty repairs provided in conjunction with extended service contracts are expensed as incurred.

Deferred Financing Costs—Fees and expenses incurred related to debt are capitalized and amortized straight line over the term of the debt, which approximates the effective interest method. The capitalized costs are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and the related amortization is included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Advertising Costs—Certain advertising costs, including costs of producing catalogs, direct mail and other promotional costs are expensed when the marketing campaign commences. The Company recognized $1,414, $4,057 and $2,826 in advertising expense during the fiscal years ended June 28, 2013, June 29, 2012 and July 1, 2011, respectively.

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share—Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, excluding restricted common stock subject to forfeiture. Diluted net income per share is calculated by dividing the net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period adjusted to include the potentially dilutive effect of outstanding stock options and restricted stock subject to forfeiture utilizing the treasury stock method. Diluted net (loss) per share is calculated by dividing the net (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.

Equity-Based Compensation—The fair value of the Company’s stock options is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and is estimated at the date of grant. The fair value of the Company’s restricted stock is the price of the Company’s stock at the date of grant. Compensation expense for all awards is recognized over the requisite service period.

Income Taxes—As a result of the Company’s acquisition of Holdings Units from DynaVox Holdings, the Corporation expects to benefit from amortization and other tax deductions reflecting the step up in tax basis in the acquired assets. Those deductions will be allocated to the Corporation and will be taken into account in reporting the Corporation’s taxable income. As a result of a federal income tax election made by DynaVox Holdings, applicable to a portion of the Corporation’s acquisition of Holdings Units, the income tax basis of the assets of DynaVox Holdings, underlying a portion of the units the Corporation has acquired, have been adjusted based upon the amount that the Corporation has paid for that portion of its DynaVox Holdings’ Holdings Units. The Corporation has entered into an agreement with the selling unitholders of DynaVox Holdings that will provide for the additional payment by the Corporation to the selling unitholders of DynaVox Holdings equal to 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax that the Corporation realizes (i) from the tax basis in its proportionate share of DynaVox Holdings’ goodwill and other intangible assets that the Corporation receives as a result of the exchanges and (ii) from the federal income tax election referred to above. As a result of these transactions, the Corporation’s tax basis in its share of DynaVox Holdings’ assets will be higher than the book basis of these same assets.

Deferred taxes are provided using a liability method, whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences represent the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effect of change in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment. See additional information in Note 8.

Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers all potential sources of taxable income, including projections of taxable income, future reversals of taxable temporary differences, income from tax planning strategies, projected payments on the TRA, as well as all available positive and negative evidence. The Company also assesses the length of the carryforward periods to determine if they will allow for the utilization of a deferred tax asset based on existing projections of income. Deferred tax assets for which no valuation allowance is recorded may not be realized upon changes in facts and circumstances, resulting in a future charge to establish a valuation allowance.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

During fiscal year 2013, the Company recorded a substantial valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets for $52,241 as it was determined that it was more likely than not that the tax benefits would not be realized. During fiscal year 2012 the Company recorded a valuation allowance against its United Kingdom deferred tax assets as the United Kingdom subsidiary had cumulative losses and no viable tax planning strategies were identified.

The Company recognizes tax benefits for uncertain tax positions only if it is more likely than not that the position is sustainable based on its technical merits. Interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions are included as a component of the provision for income taxes on the consolidated statements of operations.

Business and Credit Concentrations—Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist primarily of cash. The Company maintains cash with three major financial institutions. At times, such amounts may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) limits. As of June 28, 2013, cash of $257 is deposited at international banks and is not FDIC insured. A significant portion of the Company’s receivables are due from federal and state government reimbursement programs, such as Medicare ($2,002 and $3,114 as of June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012, respectively), and various Medicaid state programs ($3,273 and $5,416 as of June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012, respectively).

Fair Value of Financial Instruments—The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash, trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable, and short-term debt. See Note 9, “Fair Value Measurements” for additional information.

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)—Other comprehensive income (loss) is a measure of income which includes both net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) results from items deferred from recognition into the consolidated statements of operations. Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (AOCI) is separately presented on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as part of stockholders’ equity.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards— In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued amendments to clarify guidance related to the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits with the objective of eliminating diversification in practice. These amendments provide clarification on when an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The amendments should be applied prospectively to all unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the effective date. Retrospective application is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards—On December 29, 2012, the Company adopted changes that were issued by the FASB related to the reclassification of amounts out of accumulated comprehensive income by component. Under the amendments, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. The adoption of these changes had no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as we had no reclassifications from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

 

F-13


Table of Contents

4. BALANCE SHEET ITEMS

Inventories as of June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012, consist of the following:

 

     June 28,
2013
     June 29,
2012
 

Raw materials

   $ 1,053       $ 3,073   

Work in progress

     12         16   

Finished goods

     1,404         2,312   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventories

   $ 2,469       $ 5,401   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other current liabilities as of June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012, consist of the following:

 

     June 28,
2013
     June 29,
2012
 

Accrued compensation

   $ 2,481       $ 4,121   

ERT acquisition contingencies

     1,334         1,594   

Accrued royalties

     10         17   

Accrued warranty

     134         169   

Accrued income taxes

     38         31   

Accrued interest

     126         16   

Accrued professional fees

     1,081         862   

Other

     631         693   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other current liabilities

   $ 5,835       $ 7,503   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, consisted of foreign currency translation adjustments, at June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012 are as follows:

 

     2013     2012  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss attributable to DynaVox Inc.

   $ (83   $ (60
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interests

   $ (136   $ (109
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments, including those pertaining to non-controlling interests, are generally not adjusted for income taxes as they relate to indefinite investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

The components of property and equipment as of June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012, are as follows:

 

     June 28,
2013
    June 29,
2012
 

Molds, machinery and equipment

   $ 8,476      $ 8,690   

Computer equipment and purchased software

     5,103        5,037   

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

     1,247        1,326   

Leasehold improvements

     349        652   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment — gross

     15,175        15,705   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (14,173     (12,866

Construction in process

     202        51   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment — net

   $ 1,204      $ 2,890   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company recorded an impairment charge of $94 related to the abandonment of certain leasehold improvements in the third quarter of fiscal year 2013. Depreciation expense for the fiscal years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011, amounted to $1,931 $2,985 and $3,377, respectively.

6. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The Company’s identifiable intangible assets with indefinite and finite lives are detailed below:

 

     June 28, 2013      June 29, 2012  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Impairment
Loss
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Impairment
Loss
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Goodwill

   $ 60,846       $ 60,846       $       $       $ 60,846       $ 60,846       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquired software technology

     3,253         127         2,678         448         3,253         127         2,245         881   

Commercial computer software

     311         175         136                 311         175         136           

Acquired patent technology

     4,330         2,523         1,807                 4,330         2,523         1,047         760   

Developed patent technology

     244         244                         244         244                   

Trade names

     2,300         2,042         108         150         100         42         58           

Symbols and trade names (indefinite live)

     23,100         9,500                 13,600         25,300         4,000                 21,300   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 33,538       $ 14,611       $ 4,729       $ 14,198       $ 33,538       $ 7,111       $ 3,486       $ 22,941   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-lived assets, which include fixed assets and finite-lived intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a long-lived asset or group of assets may not be recoverable. Goodwill and intangibles with indefinite-lives are reviewed at least annually, or when events or other changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. Goodwill is tested by comparing the carrying value of the reporting unit to its fair value. The Company uses the end of its fiscal year for the annual test and has one reporting unit.

Fiscal Year 2012 Impairment

During the third quarter of fiscal 2012 the Company determined there were indicators of potential impairment of goodwill and intangibles due to a combination of a significant decline in the Company’s market capitalization during the period (market capitalization was approximately $91,800 as of March 30, 2012 compared to approximately $223,600 as of July 1, 2011) and a continued decline in net sales during the third quarter of fiscal year 2012 (net sales declined 16.2% as compared to the third quarter of fiscal year 2011).

The determination of whether any impairment of goodwill exists is based upon a two-step process. In step one of the analysis, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared to the unit’s carrying value, including goodwill, to determine if there is a potential impairment. If the fair value exceeds the carrying amount, the goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired and no further analysis or action is required. If the analysis in step one indicates that the carrying value exceeds the fair value, step two of the test is performed to determine the amount of goodwill impairment loss, if any.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

In step two of the test, the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill is compared to the carrying amount of that goodwill. The implied fair value of the goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination is determined. That is, the fair value of a reporting unit is allocated to the assets and liabilities of that reporting unit, including unrecognized intangible assets as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the price paid to acquire the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of that goodwill.

The Company’s estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit utilizes a weighted average of the following income and market approaches.

 

  (1) Income Approach: This income approach is based on the Company’s projected future cash flows. The estimated cash flows are discounted to present value using a weighted-average cost of capital that considers the timing and risk of the future cash flows. The discounted cash flows are used to estimate the total fair value of the Company. The significant assumptions under this approach include revenue and cost projections to arrive at cash flows over a projection period, a terminal growth rate that is applied to cash flows beyond the projection period, and the weighted-average cost of capital used to discount the expected cash flows. The Company used a terminal growth rate of 3% and a weighted-average cost of capital of 12%.

 

  (2) Guideline Market Approach: This market approach examines the cash flows of comparable companies observed in the market. Cash flows are measured over various time periods (i.e. last twelve months or projected periods) and compared to the total market value of invested capital to arrive at multiples of cash flows. The multiples are then risk-adjusted to consider the Company’s size relative to the comparable companies. The comparable company multiples are then applied to the Company’s cash flows to estimate the fair value of the Company. The significant assumptions under this approach include the selection of comparable companies, multiples of cash flows, the selection of time periods, and risk adjustment factors applied to the multiples. The Company used multiples applied to cash flows ranging from 6.0 to 7.0.

 

  (3) Market Capitalization Approach: This market approach is based on the Company’s aggregate fair value as determined by the number of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock equivalents and the market price per share of common stock. The significant assumption under this approach is the Company’s determination that it has one reporting unit to which the aggregate fair value is allocated. The Company used the aforementioned market capitalization as of March 30, 2012.

In determining the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, the Company used a weighting of 25% for the Income Approach, 25% for the Guideline Market Approach, and 50% for the Market Capitalization Approach. As a result, the Company determined that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeded its fair value and conducted a step two analysis. As a result of our step two analysis, we recorded a full impairment loss on our goodwill of $60,846 during the third quarter of fiscal year 2012.

As a result of the impairment indicators, the Company also conducted interim impairment testing of the definite-lived and indefinite-lived intangible assets as of March 30, 2012. The test for recoverability of a finite-lived asset group to be held, and used, is performed by comparing the carrying amount of the assets to the sum of the estimated future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. In estimating the future undiscounted cash flows, the Company used projections of cash flows directly associated with, and which are expected to arise as a direct result of, the use and eventual disposition of the assets. The significant assumptions under this method include revenue and cost projections to arrive at cash flows over a projection period. The Company performed a test for each asset grouping and determined that impairment had occurred and an impairment loss of $1,262 was recorded which was equal to the excess of the carrying value over the fair value. The finite-lived assets impaired related to commercial computer software and acquired patent technology.

The test for recoverability of an indefinite-lived asset group to be held, and used, is performed by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to the fair value. The fair value of indefinite-lived intangibles, both trade names and symbols, was estimated by using a relief from royalty method (a discounted cash flow methodology). Significant assumptions under this method include royalty rates and the discount rate. Royalty rates ranging from 2% to 20% were utilized for trade names and a rate of 8% coupled with a fixed rate per device was utilized for symbols. The Company utilized a discount rate of 13.0% for both trade names and symbols. The Company determined that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangibles exceeded its carrying value and no impairment charge was necessary as of March 30, 2012.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

In the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company noted additional impairment indicators due to the continued softening of demand beyond its expectations for the Company’s products in what historically has been the Company’s highest sales quarter during the year as well as the refinement of certain business strategies in connection with the Company’s new Chief Executive Officer. As a result of the impairment indicators, the Company conducted impairment testing of the finite-lived intangible assets as of June 29, 2012. The Company performed a test for each asset grouping and determined that impairment had occurred and an impairment loss of $1,493 was recorded which was equal to the excess of the carrying value over the fair value. The finite-lived assets impaired related to commercial computer software and acquired patent technology. The fair value of definite-live intangibles was estimated using a relief from royalty method (a discounted cash flow methodology). The significant assumption under this method was a royalty rate of 2%. Additionally, the useful life of these definite-lived assets was reduced to one year due to the Company’s refined business strategy. The finite-lived assets impaired related to commercial computer software and acquired patented technology.

In accordance with its policy of conducting its annual impairment test of intangibles with indefinite lives as well as giving consideration to the impairment indicators mentioned above, the Company performed the test for recoverability of the indefinite-lived asset group to be held, and used, as of June 29, 2012. The fair value of the indefinite-lived intangibles, both trade names and symbols, was estimated using a relief from royalty method (a discounted cash flow methodology). Significant assumptions under this method include royalty rates and the discount rate. Royalty rates ranging from 2% to 20% were utilized for trade names and a rate of 8% coupled with a fixed rate device was utilized for symbols. The Company utilized a discount rate of 16.5% for both trade names and symbols. The Company determined that the fair value of symbols significantly exceeded its carrying value and no impairment charge was necessary. The Company determined that an impairment had occurred for the trade names and an impairment loss of $3,300 was recorded which was equal to the excess of the carrying value over the fair value.

Fiscal Year 2013 Impairments

During the third quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company determined there were indicators of potential impairment of intangibles with indefinite lives. These indicators include a decline in revenue, earnings, and cash flows from historical levels coupled with a change in the manner that one of its trade names will be used prospectively and uncertainty surrounding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

The test for recoverability of an indefinite-lived asset group to be held, and used, is performed by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to the fair value. The fair value of indefinite-lived intangibles, both trade names and symbols, was estimated by using a relief from royalty method (a discounted cash flow methodology). Significant assumptions under this method include royalty rates and the discount rate. Royalty rates ranging from 2% to 20% were utilized for trade names and a rate of 8% coupled with a fixed rate per device was utilized for symbols. The Company utilized a discount rate of 16.5% for both trade names and symbols. The Company determined that the fair value of the symbols exceeded its carrying value and no impairment charge was necessary. The Company determined that an impairment had occurred for the trade names and an impairment loss of $1,900 was recorded which was equal to the excess of the carrying value over the fair value. Additionally, the Company determined that one of the indefinite-lived trade names had a finite life due to the refinement of a business strategy. The finite-lived intangible asset will be amortized over one year.

In accordance with its policy of conducting its annual impairment test of intangibles with indefinite lives as well as giving consideration to the impairment indicators mentioned above, the Company performed the test for recoverability of the indefinite-lived asset group to be held, and used, as of June 28, 2013. The fair value of the indefinite-lived intangibles, both trade names and symbols, was estimated using a relief from royalty method (a discounted cash flow methodology). Significant assumptions under this method include royalty rates and the discount rate. Royalty rates ranging from 2% to 20% were utilized for trade names and a rate of 8% coupled with a fixed rate per device was utilized for symbols. The Company utilized a discount rate of 25% for both trade names and symbols. The higher discount rate, as compared to the third quarter of fiscal 2013, was primarily the result of the change in risk profile caused by the short-term nature of the Forbearance Agreement which became effective July 29, 2013 and specifically the expedited process to evaluate strategic alternatives required under the Forbearance Agreement. The Company determined that an impairment had occurred for the symbols and trade names and an impairment loss of $3,500 and $2,100 was recorded respectively, which was equal to the excess of the carrying value over the fair value.

The Company recorded an asset impairment loss of $7,500 for fiscal year ended June 28, 2013, of which $5,800 related to indefinite-lived intangible assets, and $1,700 was related to finite-lived intangible assets. The Company recorded an asset impairment loss of $66,901 for fiscal year ended June 29, 2012, of which $60,846 related to goodwill, $3,300 related to indefinite-lived intangible assets, and $2,755 was related to definite-lived intangible assets. These losses were recorded as an impairment loss on the Company’s statements of operations.

Amortization expense related to intangibles for the fiscal years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $1,242, $854, $981, respectively. Estimated amortization expense for each of the next two fiscal years is as follows: 2014—$431 and 2015—$167. All intangibles with finite lives will be fully amortized in fiscal year 2015.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

7. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt as of June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012 consists of the following:

 

     June 28,
2013
    June 29,
2012
 

2008 Credit Facility

     15,226        31,200   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

     15,226        31,200   

Less amounts callable

     (15,226       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt - less amounts callable

   $      $ 31,200   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

2008 Credit Facility

On June 23, 2008, the Company entered into a secured credit facility (“2008 Credit Facility”) with GE Business Financial Services Inc. (formerly known as Merrill Lynch Capital) and BMO Capital Markets Financing Inc. (formerly known as Harris NA). The 2008 Credit Facility, as amended, provides for a $52,000 term loan facility that matures on June 23, 2014 and a revolving credit facility with a $12,925 aggregate loan commitment amount available that matured on June 23, 2013. As of June 28, 2013, $15,226 was outstanding under the term loan facility. During fiscal year 2013, the Company made a prepayment of $6.0 million in the first quarter and a $10.0 million prepayment in the fourth quarter.

Effective April 27, 2010, the agent and lenders under the 2008 Credit Facility consented to DynaVox Holdings the transfer of all of its obligations under the 2008 Credit Facility to a newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary of DynaVox Holdings that became the immediate holding Company parent of DynaVox Systems LLC upon the consummation of the IPO (Note 1). All obligations under the 2008 Credit Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by the immediate holding Company parent of DynaVox Systems LLC and each of DynaVox Systems LLC’s existing and future wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. The 2008 Credit Facility and the related guarantees are secured by substantially all of DynaVox Systems LLC’s present and future assets and all present and future assets of each guarantor on a first lien basis.

The 2008 Credit Facility provides the option of borrowing at London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR), plus a credit spread (4.2% as of June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012) or the Prime rate, plus a credit spread (6.3% as of both June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012) for all term loans and draws under the revolver.

Credit spreads for each term or revolver loan and the unused revolving credit facility fee vary according to the Company’s ratio of net total debt to EBITDA (as defined) after December 31, 2008. As of June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012, the Company’s credit spreads were as follows:

 

     June 28, 2013     June 29, 2012  
     Prime     LIBOR     Prime     LIBOR  

2008 Credit Facility

     3.00     4.00     3.00     4.00

Revolver draw under 2008 Credit Facility

     N/A        N/A        3.00     4.00

At June 29, 2012, the commitment fee was 0.375%, on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility.

Financial Covenants and Covenant Violation

The 2008 Credit Facility requires the Company to comply with certain financial covenants, including maximum Capital Expenditures, minimum Fixed-Charge Coverage ratio, maximum Net Senior Debt to EBITDA ratio and maximum Net Total Debt to EBITDA ratio, and places certain restrictions on acquisitions and payment of dividends.

At June 28, 2013 the Company was in violation of the Net Senior Debt to EBITDA financial covenant under its 2008 Credit Facility and has received a Default Notice from GE Business Financial Services Inc., as the Lenders Agent. The Default Notice states that the lenders are not required to make further loans or incur further obligations under the revolving loan portion of the 2008 Credit Facility and are entitled to exercise any and all default-related rights and remedies under the 2008 Credit Facility.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

As of June 28, 2013, we had approximately $15,226 in short-term debt due under the 2008 Credit Facility. Effective as of July 29, 2013 we entered into the Forbearance Agreement whereby our senior secured lenders, among other things, agreed to forbear from exercising their rights and remedies under the 2008 Credit Facility based on defaults thereunder until October 31, 2013. Effective as of October 21, 2013, our senior secured creditors agreed to extend the October 31, 2013 termination date to December 6, 2013 based on the progress that we have made in our efforts to develop a strategic alternative. Since the July 29, 2013 effective date of the Forbearance Agreement we have repaid $1,250 of the outstanding debt under the 2008 Credit Facility, reducing the outstanding balance from $15,226 as of June 28, 2013 to $13,976 as of the date of this report. An additional $150 repayment is due on or before December 1, 2013. Upon termination of, or default under, the Forbearance Agreement, the 2008 Credit Facility provides that our senior secured lenders can exercise any and all rights and remedies available to them, including that the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding principal amount under the 2008 Credit Facility can accelerate our obligations under the 2008 Credit Facility and require payment of the full outstanding principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. As part of the Forbearance Agreement the interest rate on our debt was increased to the default rate, which is our current interest rate plus 2% effective from and after April 4, 2013. The default rate was 6.2% effective April 4, 2013.

On July 29, 2013 we announced we had engaged an international firm providing financial advisory and strategy consulting services to advise the Company on strategic alternatives, including identifying and evaluating potential business combination transactions and refinancing structures. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on our ability to successfully execute a strategic alternative such as a business combination or a refinancing of the amounts due under the 2008 Credit Facility. If we are unable to either complete a business combination or refinance the amounts due under the 2008 Credit Facility by December 6, 2013 then our senior secured lenders could exercise their rights and remedies thereunder, including accelerating the debt, which would require us to repay immediately up to approximately $13,826 to such lenders. We do not currently have sufficient cash to repay this indebtedness. The inability to refinance or restructure our debt would have a material adverse effect on the solvency of the Company and our ability to continue as a going concern. If our lenders exercised their rights and remedies as describe herein, then the proceeds of the assets constituting their collateral could be insufficient to repay the indebtedness owed to them in full, and therefore holders of our Class A common stock could lose their entire investment. Under these circumstances we may be unable to continue operating as a going concern. In addition, the presence of the going concern explanatory paragraph may have an adverse impact on our relationship with third parties with whom we do business, including our customers, vendors and employees and could make it challenging and difficult for us to raise additional debt or equity financing to the extent needed, all of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In the event of an acceleration of our obligations under the 2008 Credit Facility and the Forbearance Agreement, and our failure to pay the amount that would then become due, our senior secured lenders could seek to exercise any and all of their rights and remedies, including foreclosing on our assets. Should this occur, we may be required to seek protection under the provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. See Note 2- Management’s Plan.

8. INCOME TAXES

Income (loss) before income taxes, as shown in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, includes the following income / (loss) components:

 

     Fiscal Year
Ended
    Fiscal Year
Ended
    Fiscal Year
Ended
 
     June 28,
2013
    June 29,
2012
    July 1,
2011
 

Domestic

   $ 34,148      $ (59,227   $ 9,535   

Foreign

     (433     (708     (1,507
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 33,715      $ (59,935   $ 8,028   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Components of the provision for income taxes consist of the following:

 

     Fiscal Year
Ended
     Fiscal Year
Ended
    Fiscal Year
Ended
 
     June 28,
2013
     June 29,
2012
    July 1,
2011
 

Current expense

       

Federal

   $ 28       $ 21      $ 139   

State and local

     69         146        171   

Foreign

     45         16        95   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current expense

     142         183        405   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred expense/(benefit)

       

Federal

   $ 45,925       $ (4,137   $ 855   

State and local

     3,598         (333     519   

Foreign

             682        (418
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred expense (benefit)

     49,523         (3,788     956   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision (benefit) for income tax expense

   $ 49,665       $ (3,605   $ 1,361   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxes payable as of June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012 were $38 and $31, respectively.

The Company’s effective tax rate includes a rate benefit attributable to the fact that the Company’s subsidiaries operate as a limited liability company which are not subject to federal or state income tax. Accordingly, a portion of the Company’s earnings attributable to the non-controlling interest are not subject to corporate level taxes and as such, no benefit has been recorded. Due to the Company being in pre-tax income, the effective tax rate is further increased by a valuation allowance recorded against the Company’s deferred tax assets, deferred tax rate changes, and certain permanent items which are not deductible for tax purposes.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the U.S. statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year
Ended
    Fiscal Year
Ended
    Fiscal Year
Ended
 
     June 28,
2013
    June 29,
2012
    July 1,
2011
 

U.S. statutory tax rate

     34.00     34.00     34.00

State and local taxes

     2.36     1.32     4.15

Foreign rate differential

     0.17     (0.15 %)      1.35

Effect of permanent differences - other

     1.70     (0.40 %)      3.05

Effect of permanent differences - goodwill impairment

     0.00     (16.83 %)      0.00

Effect of permanent differences - equity compensation

     0.01     (0.02 %)      0.12

Change in payable pursuant to tax receivable agreement

     (47.88 %)     

Rate effect as a LLC

     6.11     (10.23 %)      (31.38 %) 

Deferred rate change

     1.82     (0.11 %)      6.42

Uncertain tax position

     (0.04 %)      0.01     0.05

Valuation allowance

     150.56     (1.60 %)      0.54

Other items

     (1.50 %)      0.01     (1.33 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     147.31     6.00     16.97
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Deferred income taxes are provided for the effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of an asset or liability and its reported amount in the consolidated balance sheets. These temporary differences result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years. Details of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities for the fiscal years ended June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012 are summarized as follows:

 

     2013     2012  

Current deferred tax assets

    

Compensation and benefits

   $ 137      $ 310   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     249        197   

Valuation allowance

     (564       

Other

     199        178   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current deferred tax assets

   $ 21      $ 685   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current deferred tax liabilities

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current deferred tax assets

   $ 21      $ 685   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term deferred tax assets

    

Goodwill and other intangibles

   $ 43,102      $ 45,403   

Research and development credit

     246        192   

Other

     873        764   

Net operating losses

     10,303        6,670   

Valuation allowance

     (51,677     (1,543
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term deferred tax assets

   $ 2,847      $ 51,486   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term deferred tax liabilities

    

Goodwill and other intangibles

   $ (122   $ (565

Property and equipment

            (154

Other

     (2,861     (2,058
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term deferred tax liabilities

   $ (2,983   $ (2,777
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net long-term deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   $ (136   $ 48,709   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   $ (115   $ 49,394   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

The Company recognized net deferred tax assets related to differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the net assets of the Company of ($115) and $49,394 for the years ended June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012, respectively.

The Company has federal, state, and foreign net operating losses of $25,796, $12,077 and $3,837, respectively, as of June 28, 2013. The federal net operating loss carryforwards expire from 2026-2033, while the state net operating losses expire from 2015-2033. The majority of the foreign net operating loss has an indefinite life, while the remaining foreign net operating loss is immaterial to the financial statements.

Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to utilize the existing deferred tax assets. A significant piece of objective negative evidence evaluated was the anticipated cumulative loss and the uncertainty surrounding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Such objective negative evidence limits the ability to consider other subjective evidence such as our projections for future growth at these respective subsidiaries. Based on this evaluation, as of June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012 a valuation allowance of $52,241 and $1,543 respectively, has been recorded in order to measure the portion of the deferred tax asset that more likely than not will be realized.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending gross amounts of unrecognized tax benefits for the fiscal years ended June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012 are as follows:

 

     2013     2012  

Beginning of year balance

   $ 66      $ 70   

Decreases in prior period tax positions

     (19     (13

Increases in current period tax positions

     8        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year balance

   $ 55      $ 66   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The total estimated unrecognized tax benefit that, if recognized, would affect the Company’s effective tax rate is approximately $55 and $66 as of June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012, respectively. It is expected that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change in the next twelve months; however, the Company does not expect the changes in its unrecognized tax benefit reserve to have a material impact on its financial statements. The Company’s income tax provision included ($1), $2 and $2 of expense related to interest and penalties for the years ended June 28, 2013, June 29, 2012, and July 1, 2011, respectively.

The Company files income tax returns with federal, state, local and foreign jurisdictions. U.S. federal and state tax returns associated with fiscal years 2010-2012 are currently open for examination. Foreign tax returns associated with fiscal year 2009-2012 also remain open under the statute.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

9. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Fair value is an exit price and the exit price should reflect all the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The Company’s fair value measurements are subject to the management, direction, and control of the Chief Financial Officer (CFO). The CFO utilizes a number of resources to assist with the determination of fair value measurements including employees of the Company with relevant valuation expertise and external valuation specialists. The CFO reviews fair value measurements on a quarterly basis in connection with the Company’s routine closing process and performance of internal control activities.

Accounting standards established three different valuation techniques; market approach, income approach, and cost approach. The Company uses the market and income approaches to value assets and liabilities for which the measurement attribute is fair value.

Valuation techniques used to measure fair value are based on observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s internal market assumptions. These two types of inputs create the following fair value hierarchy:

Level 1—Inputs to the valuation methodology are based on quoted prices for an identical asset or liability in an active market.

Level 2—Inputs to the valuation methodology are based on quoted prices for a similar asset or liability in an active market, quoted prices for an identical or similar asset or liability in an inactive market, or model-derived valuations for which all significant inputs are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3—Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement of the asset or liability.

Valuation of assets and liabilities requires consideration of market risks in our valuations that other market participants may consider. Specifically, consideration was given to the Company’s non-performance risk and counterparty credit risk to develop appropriate risk-adjusted discount rates used in our fair value measurements. The Company utilized the following valuation methodologies to measure our financial assets and liabilities:

Cash equivalents: Cash equivalents include investments in money market funds. Investments in this category can be redeemed immediately at the current net asset value per share. A money market fund is a mutual fund whose investments are primarily in short-term debt securities designed to maximize current income with liquidity and capital preservation, usually maintaining per share net asset value at a constant amount, such as one dollar. The carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short maturity of the instruments.

Acquisition-related contingent considerations: Contingent consideration recorded from the Company’s acquisition of Eye Response Technologies, Inc. in fiscal 2010 included a guaranteed minimum royalty due to the previous owner. The amount recorded for the guaranteed minimum royalty payments represents the fair value of expected consideration to be paid based on the Company’s forecasted sales of eye products over a three-year period. Expected consideration was valued based on three possible scenarios for projected sales of applicable products (the guaranteed minimum payment, a conservative forecasted sales case, and an optimistic forecasted sales case). Each case was assigned a probability, a discount rate was applied to future payments, and the aggregate result of the three scenarios was summarized to determine the fair value to be recorded. The amount recorded represents the fair value of contractual consideration expected to be paid. The Company considers the acquisition related contingency fair value measurements to be Level 3 inputs within the fair value hierarchy.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The following table presents assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012:

 

     As of June 28, 2013  

Description

   (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)      Total  

Assets

           

Cash equivalents

   $ 256       $       $       $ 256   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 256       $       $       $ 256   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Acquisition -related contingent considerations

   $       $       $ 1,334       $ 1,334   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $       $       $ 1,334       $ 1,334   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of June 29, 2012  

Description

   (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)      Total  

Assets

           

Cash equivalents

   $ 255       $       $       $ 255   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 255       $       $       $ 255   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Acquisition -related contingent considerations

   $       $       $ 1,594       $ 1,594   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $       $       $ 1,594       $ 1,594   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table represents the change in the acquisition-related contingent consideration liabilities during the fiscal years ended June 29, 2012 and June 28, 2013:

 

Balance as of July 1, 2011

   $ 2,649   

Losses included in earnings (1)

     32   

Settlements

     (1,087
  

 

 

 

Balance as of June 29, 2012

     1,594   

Losses included in earnings (1)

     10   

Settlements

     (270
  

 

 

 

Balance as of June 28, 2013

   $ 1,334   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts were recorded to interest expense and other income (expense)-net on the consolidated statement of operations.

The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated balance sheets for cash, trade accounts receivable, and trade accounts payable approximate their respective fair values based on the short-term nature of these instruments. At June 28, 2013, the fair value of the Company’s debt instruments was approximately $200 lower than its carrying value primarily as a result of the Company’s default on the debt and the pursuant default interest rate imposed per the Forbearance Agreement. At June 29, 2012, the fair value of the Company’s debt instruments approximated its respective carrying value as the debt was comprised of variable rate debt. The fair value of the Company’s short-term debt was based upon borrowing rates then available to the Company for similar debt instruments with like terms and maturities. This is considered a level 3 measurement in the fair value hierarchy.

During the fiscal year ended June 28, 2013 the Company recorded an impairment loss of $7,500 relating to impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets (See note 6). During the fiscal year ended June 29, 2012 the Company recorded an impairment loss of $66,901 relating to impairment of goodwill, finite-lived intangible assets, and indefinite-lived intangible assets (See note 6). These non-financial assets were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis subsequent to their initial recognition. We consider the fair value of these intangible assets to be level 3 measurements due to the presence of significant inputs that are unobservable and based on management’s estimates. Note 6 contains a discussion of the valuation methodologies used to measure these intangible assets.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The following table presents assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012. There were no nonrecurring fair value measurements of liabilities.

 

     As of June 28, 2013  

Description

   (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)      Total  

Assets

           

Symbols and trade names (indefinite life)

   $       $       $ 13,600       $ 13,600   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $       $       $ 13,600       $ 13,600   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of June 29, 2012  

Description

   (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)      Total  

Assets

           

Acquired software technology

   $       $       $ 881       $ 881   

Acquired patent technology

                     760         760   

Symbols and trade names (indefinite life)

                     21,300         21,300   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $       $       $ 22,941       $ 22,941   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. COMMITMENTS AND OTHER CONTINGENCIES

Leases—The Company leases office and operating facilities and machinery and equipment under operating leases that expire over the next five years. Rent expense for operating leases was $985, $1,284 and $1,259 for the fiscal years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases as of June 28, 2013, are as follows:

 

Fiscal Year

   Amount  

2014

   $ 700   

2015

     664   

2016

     636   

2017

     636   

2018

     477   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 3,113   
  

 

 

 

Product Warranties—The Company accrues for product warranties included with products sold (one year warranty) based upon historical experience and other currently available evidence. The activity related to the product warranty liability for the fiscal years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011 are summarized in the following table:

 

     June 28,
2013
    June 29,
2012
    July 1,
2011
 

Balance-beginning of period

   $ 195      $ 145      $ 173   

Provision for warranties issued

     120        390        204   

Reductions for payments, cost of repairs, and other

     (163     (340     (232
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance-end of period

   $ 152      $ 195      $ 145   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restructuring—In June 2012, the Company entered into a separation agreement with its former Chief Executive Officer to provide benefits as defined in the original employment agreement. In accordance with the separation agreement, the Company agreed to pay an aggregate amount of $1,000 in severance, to be paid over an 18-month period, commencing with a payment of $250 on December 12, 2012 and the remaining $750 payable in equal installments over the period. In addition to the severance payment, the Company will provide continued health benefits for 18 months and all amounts credited to this individual’s account in an executive retirement plan became fully vested. The Company has recorded a total of $509 and $1,075 in other liabilities and other long-term liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of June 28, 2013 and June 29, 2012, respectively.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

In March, 2013, the Company entered into a separation agreement with its former Chief Legal Officer to provide benefits as defined in the original employment agreement. In accordance with the separation agreement, the Company agreed to pay an aggregate amount of $225 in severance, to be paid over a 12-month period, commencing with a payment of $113 on September 5, 2013, and the remaining $112 payable in equal installments over the next six months. The Company has recorded a liability of $225 in other liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at June 28, 2013.

Leases – In February 2013, the Company signed a lease amendment for our facility in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania which will extend the lease for five years with the Company’s option for an additional five years after the initial period. The annual rent expense is approximately $618.

Other Matters—From time to time, we may be involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations and proceedings relating to securities laws, product liability, patent infringement, contract disputes and other matters relating to various claims that arise in the normal course of our business. In management’s opinion, resolution of these matters is not expected to have a material adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or its financial position. However, the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, and unfavorable resolutions are possible and could materially affect our results of operations, cash flows or financial position. In addition, regardless of the outcome, litigation could have an adverse impact on us because of defense costs, diversion of management resources and other factors. The Company has recorded liabilities of $- as of June 28, 2013 and $495 as of June 29, 2012 for contract disputes and product liability matters. Also, during fiscal year 2013, the Company received a payment of $98 for a product liability matter. This gain has been recorded as a reduction to cost of sales on the consolidated statement of operations.

11. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company operates in a single segment to develop and market assistive communication technologies.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The Company’s net sales are comprised of two product lines; speech generating devices and special education software, and are as follows:

 

     June 28,
2013
     June 29,
2012
     July 1,
2011
 

Net Sales:

        

Devices

   $ 54,239       $ 81,759       $ 87,401   

Software

     10,714         15,559         20,702   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net revenue

   $ 64,953       $ 97,318       $ 108,103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in the consolidated financial statements are the following amounts related to geographical location:

 

     June 28,
2013
     June 29,
2012
     July 1,
2011
 

Net Sales:

        

United States

   $ 56,918       $ 86,083       $ 96,820   

International

     8,035         11,235         11,283   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 64,953       $ 97,318       $ 108,103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     June 28,
2013
     June 29,
2012
     July 1,
2011
 

Long-lived assets:

        

United States

   $ 1,173       $ 2,667       $ 5,190   

International

     31         223         327   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-lived assets

   $ 1,204       $ 2,890       $ 5,517   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the past three fiscal years, the Company did not have any sales to an individual customer that exceeded 10% of net sales.

12. SAVINGS PLAN

The Company has a 401(k) savings plan covering most U.S. employees (the “associates”). Beginning on December 1, 2012, the Company matched 50% of associates’ contributions up to a maximum of 6% of their salary. Previously, the Company also had a profit-sharing portion of the plan, which at its discretion, the Company could contribute to the associates’ accounts a minimum of 4% of their salary for the fiscal year, and upon attainment of certain earning targets as approved by the Board of Directors, up to an additional 2% could be awarded. For fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011 the Company did not approve a contribution for the profit sharing portion of the plan.

Expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations are summarized as follows:

 

     June 28,
2013
     June 29,
2012
     July 1,
2011
 

Savings plan associate contributions matched

     374         146         156   

13. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

During fiscal years 2012 and 2011, the Company incurred advertising expenses from a member of the Board of Directors’ affiliated business of $1,949 and $551, respectively. Additionally, a former executive of the Company made a nominal investment in the aforementioned business in 2012. At June 28, 2013 and at June 29, 2012, the Company had a related party payable of $-0- and $280, respectively, owed to the aforementioned business.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

14. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY STRUCTURE

The Company’s authorized capital stock consists of 1,000,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $.01 per share, 1,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $.01 per share, and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share.

Specifics of the Company’s classes of stock are as follows:

Class A common stock

Class A common stock holders are entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefore, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock. Upon the Corporation’s dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of Class A common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata remaining assets available for distribution. Holders of shares of Class A common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights.

Class B common stock

Each holder of Class B common stock shall be entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder to one vote for each Holdings Units in Dynavox Holdings held by such holder. Accordingly, the unitholders of Dynavox Holdings collectively have a number of votes in the Corporation that is equal to the aggregate number of Holdings Units that they hold that is exchangeable for a share of Class A common stock pursuant to the exchange agreement described in Note 1 above.

Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

Holders of our Class B common stock do not have any right to receive dividends or to receive a distribution upon a liquidation or winding up of the Corporation.

Preferred stock

Authorized preferred stock may be issued in one or more series, with designations, powers and preferences as shall be designated by the Board of Directors.

Holding units

Information about the Holdings units for fiscal years 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

 

Balance - July 1, 2011

     20,416,193   

Issuances

       

Redemptions, exchanges, forfeitures and cancellations

     (1,612,361
  

 

 

 

Balance - June 29, 2012

     18,803,832   

Issuances

       

Redemptions, exchanges, forfeitures and cancellations

     (117,874
  

 

 

 

Balance - June 28, 2013

     18,685,958   
  

 

 

 

15. EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

The measurement of the cost of employee or director services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments is based on the grant date fair value of the award and such cost is recognized over the period during which an employee or director is required to provide services in exchange for the award.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

The Company recorded stock compensation expense related to stock option awards, restricted stock and Holding Unit awards as follows:

 

     Fiscal 2013  
     Cost of
Sales
     Selling
and
Marketing
     Research
and
Development
     General
and
Administrative
     Total  

Holding Units

   $       $ 6       $ 4       $ 25       $ 35   

Options

     21         143         230         721         1,115   

Restricted Stock

     5         58         56         112         231   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 26       $ 207       $ 290       $ 858       $ 1,381   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fiscal 2012  
     Cost of
Sales
     Selling
and
Marketing
     Research
and
Development
     General
and
Administrative
     Total  

Holding Units

   $       $ 27       $ 27       $ 11       $ 65   

Options

     21         183         273         1,397         1,874   

Restricted Stock

                             198         198   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 21       $ 210       $ 300       $ 1,606       $ 2,137   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fiscal 2011  
     Cost of
Sales
     Selling
and
Marketing
     Research
and
Development
     General
and
Administrative
     Total  

Holding Units

   $       $ 34       $ 13       $ 30       $ 77   

Options

     17         156         261         1,534         1,968   

Restricted Stock

                             79         79   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17       $ 190       $ 274       $ 1,643       $ 2,124   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”) was effective on April 21, 2010. The 2010 Plan authorized 3,550,000 DynaVox Inc. Class A common shares for issuance in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units and awards and performance units or awards. Stock options and restricted stock awards are approved by the Compensation Committee of the board of directors and granted to employees and certain directors of the Corporation. Stock options primarily vest over four to five years and restricted stock vests over one to four years. Stock options expire 10 years from the date of grant.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity under the 2010 Plan for fiscal years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

 

     Options     Range of
Exercise
Prices
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Prices
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
                         (in years)      (in thousands)  

Outstanding - July 2, 2010

     1,370,500      $ 15.00       $ 15.00         9.8       $ 365   

Granted

     42,500        4.10-9.45         6.50                   

Exercised

                                      

Forfeited

     (29,000     9.45-15.00                           
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding - July 1, 2011

     1,384,000      $ 4.10-15.00       $ 14.75         8.8       $ 75   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable - July 1, 2011

     279,075      $ 15.00       $ 15.00         8.8       $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Granted

     405,500        1.21-5.47         3.37                   

Exercised

                                      

Forfeited

     (430,950     4.10-15.00                           
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding - June 29, 2012

     1,358,550      $ 1.21-15.00       $ 11.61         8.3       $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable - June 29, 2012

     542,025      $ 4.10-15.00       $ 14.92         7.8       $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Granted

                                      

Exercised

                                      

Forfeited

     (381,475     1.21-15.00                           
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding - June 28, 2013

     977,075      $ 1.21-15.00       $ 11.32         7.4       $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable - June 28, 2013

     521,275      $ 1.21-15.00       $ 12.85         7.1       $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

The weighted-average grant date fair value of the stock options granted during fiscal years 2012 and 2011 under the 2010 Plan was $2.21, and $3.84 per share, respectively.

The fair value of the stock options issued under the 2010 Plan was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     June 28,
2013
     June 29,
2012
    July 1,
2011
 

Black-Scholes Option Valuation Assumptions:

       

Dividend yield (1)

     N/A         0     0

Expected volatilitiy (2)

     N/A         74.1-75.4     47.4-84.0

Risk-free interest rates (3)

     N/A         0.7-1.5     2.0-3.0

Expected term of options (4)

     N/A         4.8-6.3        6.4   

 

(1) The expected dividend yield was based on our expectation of not paying dividends on the restricted units for the foreseeable future.
(2) The expected volatility was based on the historical volatility of the Company’s Class A common stock.
(3) Based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant with a term consistent with the expected life of our stock options.
(4) Represents the period of time options are expected to be outstanding. The weighted average expected term was determined using the “simplified method” for plain vanilla options as the Company lacks sufficient historical experience. The “simplified method” calculates the expected term as the average of the vesting term and original contractual term of the options.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

As of June 28, 2013, there was $1,874 of unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested stock option awards that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.9 years.

A summary of the Company’s restricted stock activity under the 2010 Plan for fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011 are as follows:

 

     Restricted
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Fair Value
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
     Aggregate
Fair Value
 
                         (in thousands)  

Non-vested Outstanding - July 2, 2010

     8,335      $ 15.00         1.8       $ 127   

Granted

     8,345        8.99            75   

Vested

     (4,168     15.30            22   

Forfeited

                    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-vested Outstanding - July 1, 2011

     12,512      $ 10.99         0.8       $ 95   

Granted

     62,804        1.46          $ 92   

Vested

     (72,512     2.96            101   

Forfeited

                    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-vested Outstanding - June 29, 2012

     2,804      $ 5.35         1.2       $ 3   

Granted

     1,200,000        0.46            547   

Vested

     (298,902     0.48            143   

Forfeited

     (217,500     0.48            104   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-vested Outstanding - June 28, 2013

     686,402      $ 0.46         2.2       $ 103   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

The grant date fair value of restricted stock is based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.

As of June 28, 2013, there was $275 of unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.2 years.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

A summary of the changes in non-vested Holding Units outstanding during fiscal year 2013, 2012, and 2011 is detailed in the following tables below:

 

     Number of
Awards
    Weighted-
Average
Per Unit
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 
                  (in thousands)  

Holding Units:

       

Non-vested Outstanding - July 2, 2010

     165,573      $ 2.97       $   

Granted

                      

Vested

     (42,079     3.44           

Forfeited

     (35,455     2.25           

Redeemed

                      
  

 

 

      

Non-vested Outstanding - July 1, 2011

     88,039      $ 3.02       $ 15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted

                      

Vested

     (30,712     3.15           

Forfeited

     (10,510     3.04           

Redeemed

                      
  

 

 

      

Non-vested Outstanding - June 29, 2012

     46,817      $ 3.36       $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted

                      

Vested

     (23,863     3.14           

Forfeited

     (10,409     4.90           

Redeemed

                      
  

 

 

      

Non-vested Outstanding - June 28, 2013

     12,545      $ 1.68       $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total compensation cost related to non-vested awards not yet recognized is $5 and will be recognized over a weighted-average vesting period of 1.2 years. The remaining service-based units will retain their original vesting date and therefore the unrecognized compensation expense associated with them will be expensed according to the original schedule.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

16. NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share:

 

     Year Ended
June 28, 2013
    Year Ended
June 29, 2012
    Year Ended
July 1, 2011
 

Numerator:

      

Numerator for basic and diluted net income (loss) per Class A common share- net income (loss) attributable to DynaVox Inc.

   $ (9,530   $ (18,450   $ 1,229   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

      

Denominator for basic net income (loss) per Class A common share-weighted average shares

     11,295,501        10,494,500        9,375,824   

Effect of dilutive securities:

      

Options and restricted stock

                   74   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator for diluted net income (loss) per common share-adjusted weighted average shares

     11,295,501        10,494,500        9,375,898   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net income (loss) attributable to DynaVox Inc. per common share

   $ (0.84   $ (1.76   $ 0.13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted net income (loss) attributable to DynaVox Inc. per common share

   $ (0.84   $ (1.76   $ 0.13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity awards to purchase approximately 1,081,179, 1,510,176, and 1,369,071weighted average shares of common stock during fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012, and fiscal 2011, respectively, were outstanding, but were not included in the computation of weighted average diluted common share amounts as the effect of doing so would have been anti-dilutive.

Additionally, for fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012, and fiscal 2011, approximately 582,625, 2,240, and 1,066 weighted average shares, respectively, of service-based restricted stock was not included in the computation of weighted average diluted common share amounts as the effect of doing so would have been anti-dilutive.

The shares of Class B common stock do not share in the earnings of DynaVox Inc. and are therefore not participating securities. Accordingly, basic and diluted net income per share of Class B common stock has not been presented.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

17. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Unaudited)

 

     Year Ended June 28, 2013  
     Quarter Ended        
     September
28, 2012
    December
28, 2012
     March
29, 2013 (1)
    June
28, 2013 (1)
    Total  

Net Sales

   $ 18,632      $ 17,554       $ 14,927      $ 13,840      $ 64,953   

Gross Profit

   $ 13,444      $ 12,768       $ 10,448      $ 9,272      $ 45,932   

Income (loss) from operations

   $ 261      $ 1,396       $ (2,935   $ (7,398   $ (8,676

Net income (loss) attributable to controlling and non-controlling interests

   $ (509   $ 723       $ (8,682   $ (7,482   $ (15,950

Net income (loss) attributable to DynaVox Inc.

   $ (270   $ 148       $ (6,567   $ (2,841   $ (9,530

Basic earnings (loss) per common stock

   $ (0.02   $ 0.01       $ (0.58   $ (0.25   $ (0.84

Diluted earnings (loss) per common stock

   $ (0.02   $ 0.01       $ (0.58   $ (0.25   $ (0.84

 

     Year Ended June 29, 2012  
     Quarter Ended        
     September
30, 2011
     December
30, 2011
     March
30, 2012 (3)
    June
29, 2012 (2)
    Total  

Net Sales

   $ 26,182       $ 23,225       $ 24,027      $ 23,884      $ 97,318   

Gross Profit

   $ 18,996       $ 16,645       $ 17,378      $ 16,736      $ 69,755   

Income (loss) from operations

   $ 2,756       $ 2,516       $ (58,635   $ (4,178   $ (57,541

Net income (loss) attributable to controlling and non-controlling interests

   $ 1,825       $ 1,646       $ (51,941   $ (7,860   $ (56,330

Net income (loss) attributable to DynaVox Inc.

   $ 440       $ 339       $ (14,120   $ (5,109   $ (18,450

Basic earnings (loss) per common stock

   $ 0.04       $ 0.03       $ (1.33   $ (0.47   $ (1.76

Diluted earnings (loss) per common stock

   $ 0.04       $ 0.03       $ (1.33   $ (0.47   $ (1.76

 

(1) The third quarter and fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013 included an impairment loss of $5,600 and $1,994, respectively, which related to indefinite-lived intangible assets.
(2) The fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012 included: (i) an impairment loss of $4,794, of which $3,300 related to indefinite-lived intangible assets and $1,494 of definite-lived intangible assets; and (ii) $1,047 of general and administrative expenses related to severance for the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer.
(3) The third quarter of fiscal year 2012 included an impairment loss of $62,107, of which $60,846 related to goodwill and $1,261 was related to definite-lived intangible assets

18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Effective as of July 29, 2013 we entered into the Forbearance Agreement whereby our senior secured lenders, among other things, agreed to forbear from exercising their rights and remedies under the 2008 Credit Facility based on defaults thereunder until October 31, 2013. Effective as of October 21, 2013, our senior secured creditors agreed to extend the October 31, 2013 termination date to December 6, 2013 based on the progress that we have made in our efforts to develop a strategic alternative. Upon termination of, or default under, the Forbearance Agreement, the 2008 Credit Facility provides that our senior secured lenders can exercise any and all rights and remedies available to them, including that the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding principal amount under the 2008 Credit Facility can accelerate our obligations under the 2008 Credit Facility and require payment of the full outstanding principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. As part of the Forbearance Agreement the interest rate on our debt was increased to the default rate, which is our current interest rate plus 2% effective from and after April 4, 2013.

As of the date of this report the outstanding debt amount under the 2008 Credit Facility was $13,976. Prior to the scheduled termination of the Forbearance Agreement on December 6, 2013 we are required to make an additional $150 repayment.

Effective October 18, 2013, the tax receivable agreement was amended so that the agreement will terminate with no further obligations owed by DynaVox Inc. to its pre-IPO owners upon a change in control other than a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

The agreements and other documents filed as exhibits to this report are not intended to provide factual information or other disclosure other than with respect to the terms of the agreements or other documents themselves, and you should not rely on them for that purpose. In particular, any representations and warranties made by us in these agreements or other documents were made solely within the specific context of the relevant agreement or document and may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibit

    3.1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of DynaVox Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by DynaVox Inc. on February 16, 2010 (File No. 333-164217)).
    3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of DynaVox Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by DynaVox Inc. on February 16, 2010 (File No. 333-164217)).
  10.1   Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC, dated as of April 21, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed by DynaVox Inc. on April 27, 2010 (File No. 001-34716)).
  10.2   Exchange Agreement, dated as of April 21, 2010, among DynaVox Inc. and the holders of Holdings Units from time to time party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed by DynaVox Inc. on April 27, 2010 (File No. 001-34716)).
  10.2.1   Amendment No.1 to Exchange Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2011, among DynaVox Inc. and the Holdings Unitholders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed by DynaVox Inc. on May 2, 2011 (File No. 333-173823)).
  10.3   Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of April 21, 2010, by and among DynaVox Inc., DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC and the Members from time to time party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed by DynaVox Inc. on April 27, 2010 (File No. 001-34716)).
  10.4   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 21, 2010, by and among DynaVox Inc. and the Covered Persons from time to time party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed by DynaVox Inc. on April 27, 2010 (File No. 001-34716)).
  10.5   Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement, dated as of April 21, 2010, among DynaVox Inc., DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC and the Securityholders from time to time party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed by DynaVox Inc. on April 27, 2010 (File No. 001-34716)).
  10.6 ***   DynaVox Inc. 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by DynaVox Inc. on April 8, 2010 (File No. 333-164217)).
  10.7 ***   Form of Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed by DynaVox Inc. on April 27, 2010 (File No. 001-34716)).
  10.8 ***   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed by DynaVox Inc. on April 27, 2010 (File No. 001-34716)).

 

E-1


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibit

  10.9 ***   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Current Report on Form 8-K filed by DynaVox Inc. on October 4, 2012 (File No. 001-34716)).
  10.10 ***   DynaVox Inc. Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by DynaVox Inc. on March 19, 2010 (File No. 333-164217)).
  10.11 ***   Management Incentive Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by DynaVox Inc. on March 19, 2010 (File No. 333-164217)).
  10.12 ***   Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Michelle L. Heying and DynaVox Systems LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the current report on Form 8-K/A filed by DynaVox Inc. on June 18, 2012 (File No. 001-34716)).
  10.13 ***   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Kenneth D. Misch and DynaVox Systems LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by DynaVox Inc. on February 16, 2010 (File No. 333-164217))
  10.14 ***   Employment Agreement between Robert E. Cunningham and DynaVox Systems LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by DynaVox Inc. on April 8, 2010 (File No. 333-164217)).
  10.15 ***   Separation Agreement between Edward L. Donnelly, Jr. and DynaVox Systems LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the current report on Form 8-K filed by DynaVox Inc. on July 6, 2012 (File No. 001-34716))
  10.16   Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, among DynaVox Systems LLC, GE Business Financial Services Inc., as agent and as a lender, and the additional lenders from time to time party thereto, dated June 23, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by DynaVox Inc. on March 19, 2010 (File No. 333-164217)).
  10.16.1   First Amendment, dated February 5, 2010, to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, among DynaVox Systems LLC, GE Business Financial Services Inc., as agent and as a lender, and the additional lenders from time to time party thereto, dated June 23, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14.1 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by DynaVox Inc. on March 19, 2010 (File No. 333-164217)).
  10.16.2   Second Amendment, dated March 4, 2010, to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, among DynaVox Systems LLC, GE Business Financial Services Inc., as agent and as a lender, and the additional lenders from time to time party thereto, dated June 23, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14.2 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by DynaVox Inc. on March 19, 2010 (File No. 333-164217)).
  10.16.3   Third Amendment, dated December 21, 2010, to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, among DynaVox Systems LLC, GE Business Financial Services Inc., as agent and as a lender, and the additional lenders from time to time party thereto, dated June 23, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by DynaVox Inc. on February 9, 2011 (File No. 001-34716)).
  10.16.4   Fourth Amendment, dated December 14, 2011, to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, among DynaVox Systems LLC, GE Business Financial Services Inc., as agent and as a lender, and the additional lenders from time to time party thereto, dated June 23, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by DynaVox Inc. on February 8, 2012 (File No. 001-34716)).

 

E-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibit

  10.18   Letter Agreement, dated March 15, 2010, among DynaVox Systems Holdings LLC, Vestar Capital Partners IV, L.P. and Park Avenue Equity Management, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by DynaVox Inc. on March 19, 2010 (File No. 333-164217)).
  10.19 ***   DynaVox Systems LLC Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by DynaVox Inc. on April 8, 2010 (File No. 333-164217)).
  10.20***   Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between DynaVox Inc. and Michelle L. Heying, dated June 13, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed by DynaVox Inc. on June 18, 2012 (File No. 001-34716)).
  10.21***   Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between DynaVox Inc. and Kenneth D. Misch, dated June 13, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed by DynaVox Inc. on June 18, 2012 (File No. 001-34716)).
  10.22 *   Employment Agreement between Raymond J. Merk and DynaVox Systems LLC, dated as of July 17, 2013.
  21.1 *   List of subsidiaries.
  31.1 *   Certification required by Rule 13a-14(a).
  31.2 *   Certification required by Rule 13a-14(a).
  32.1 **   Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32.2 **   Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INS*   XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101. PRE*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

* Filed herewith.
** Furnished herewith.
*** Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

E-3